NZ614556B2 - Compositions and methods for treating lung disease and injury - Google Patents
Compositions and methods for treating lung disease and injury Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- NZ614556B2 NZ614556B2 NZ614556A NZ61455612A NZ614556B2 NZ 614556 B2 NZ614556 B2 NZ 614556B2 NZ 614556 A NZ614556 A NZ 614556A NZ 61455612 A NZ61455612 A NZ 61455612A NZ 614556 B2 NZ614556 B2 NZ 614556B2
- Authority
- NZ
- New Zealand
- Prior art keywords
- tlr2
- nucleic acid
- tlr4
- lung
- sequence
- Prior art date
Links
- 208000019693 Lung disease Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 95
- 208000004852 Lung Injury Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 57
- 206010069363 Traumatic lung injury Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 55
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims description 81
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title description 141
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 title description 84
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 345
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 337
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 337
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 164
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 122
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 58
- 101000669447 Homo sapiens Toll-like receptor 4 Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 27
- 101000831567 Homo sapiens Toll-like receptor 2 Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 23
- 231100000515 lung injury Toxicity 0.000 claims abstract description 15
- 102100039360 Toll-like receptor 4 Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 13
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 9
- 102100024333 Toll-like receptor 2 Human genes 0.000 claims abstract 12
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 343
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 314
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 claims description 198
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 claims description 186
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 claims description 170
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 claims description 155
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 128
- 108091081021 Sense strand Proteins 0.000 claims description 119
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 claims description 109
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 claims description 95
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 claims description 81
- 208000034706 Graft dysfunction Diseases 0.000 claims description 67
- 208000004530 Primary Graft Dysfunction Diseases 0.000 claims description 57
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 56
- 208000005069 pulmonary fibrosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 37
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims description 35
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 34
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N Uridine Chemical group O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N 0.000 claims description 30
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 30
- 206010014561 Emphysema Diseases 0.000 claims description 29
- 206010029888 Obliterative bronchiolitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 28
- 201000003848 bronchiolitis obliterans Diseases 0.000 claims description 28
- 208000023367 bronchiolitis obliterans with obstructive pulmonary disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 28
- 101150082427 Tlr4 gene Proteins 0.000 claims description 27
- 206010001052 Acute respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 26
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 claims description 26
- 101150076937 TLR2 gene Proteins 0.000 claims description 25
- 206010069351 acute lung injury Diseases 0.000 claims description 25
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 claims description 23
- 108010006654 Bleomycin Proteins 0.000 claims description 22
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 claims description 21
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 claims description 21
- OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O bleomycin A2 Chemical compound N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@H](O)C)C(=O)NCCC=1SC=C(N=1)C=1SC=C(N=1)C(=O)NCCC[S+](C)C)[C@@H](O[C@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1)O[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](OC(N)=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)C=1N=CNC=1)C(=O)C1=NC([C@H](CC(N)=O)NC[C@H](N)C(N)=O)=NC(N)=C1C OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O 0.000 claims description 21
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 20
- 229960001561 bleomycin Drugs 0.000 claims description 20
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 claims description 20
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 claims description 19
- 206010006451 bronchitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 19
- 206010006458 Bronchitis chronic Diseases 0.000 claims description 17
- 208000007451 chronic bronchitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 17
- 229960003444 immunosuppressant agent Drugs 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000003018 immunosuppressive agent Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 206010063837 Reperfusion injury Diseases 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000000074 antisense oligonucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 238000012230 antisense oligonucleotides Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000010410 reperfusion Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 208000010285 Ventilator-Induced Lung Injury Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 claims description 12
- 206010030113 Oedema Diseases 0.000 claims description 11
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N beta-L-uridine Natural products O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000004064 dysfunction Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N uracil arabinoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 229940045145 uridine Drugs 0.000 claims description 11
- 206010060872 Transplant failure Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000012947 ischemia reperfusion injury Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylhydroxytoluene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000011623 Obstructive Lung disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 claims 2
- 230000003637 steroidlike Effects 0.000 claims 2
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 239000002220 antihypertensive agent Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 229940030600 antihypertensive agent Drugs 0.000 claims 1
- 229960005475 antiinfective agent Drugs 0.000 claims 1
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 108010060888 Toll-like receptor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 289
- 102000008228 Toll-like receptor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 267
- 108010060804 Toll-Like Receptor 4 Proteins 0.000 description 221
- 102000008233 Toll-Like Receptor 4 Human genes 0.000 description 206
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 123
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 89
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 80
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 64
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 64
- 239000004055 small Interfering RNA Substances 0.000 description 63
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 56
- 108020004459 Small interfering RNA Proteins 0.000 description 49
- -1 modified ymidine Chemical compound 0.000 description 43
- 101000907904 Homo sapiens Endoribonuclease Dicer Proteins 0.000 description 42
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 42
- 102100023387 Endoribonuclease Dicer Human genes 0.000 description 41
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 41
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 41
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 39
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 38
- 108091028664 Ribonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 37
- 239000002213 purine nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 34
- 238000012228 RNA interference-mediated gene silencing Methods 0.000 description 33
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 33
- 230000009368 gene silencing by RNA Effects 0.000 description 33
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 33
- 208000006545 Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease Diseases 0.000 description 32
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 32
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 31
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 29
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 28
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 28
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 27
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 27
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 27
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 26
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 26
- 208000035657 Abasia Diseases 0.000 description 24
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 23
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 23
- 239000005547 deoxyribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 22
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 21
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 20
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 20
- OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cytosine Chemical compound NC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 108091070501 miRNA Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 239000002679 microRNA Substances 0.000 description 18
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-JXOAFFINSA-N ribothymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-JXOAFFINSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 17
- 206010052779 Transplant rejections Diseases 0.000 description 17
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 17
- 208000013616 Respiratory Distress Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 16
- 108091027967 Small hairpin RNA Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 201000000028 adult respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 16
- 125000002637 deoxyribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 239000000816 peptidomimetic Substances 0.000 description 16
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 16
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 16
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 15
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 230000001861 immunosuppressant effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 239000002719 pyrimidine nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 14
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 14
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 201000009794 Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 12
- 208000028867 ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 12
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 230000002222 downregulating effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 102000045718 human TLR2 Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 102000045717 human TLR4 Human genes 0.000 description 11
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Beta-D-1-Arabinofuranosylthymine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 206010016654 Fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 10
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000004761 fibrosis Effects 0.000 description 10
- 208000036971 interstitial lung disease 2 Diseases 0.000 description 10
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 9
- KKZFLSZAWCYPOC-VPENINKCSA-N Deoxyribose 5-phosphate Chemical group O[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(O)=O)O1 KKZFLSZAWCYPOC-VPENINKCSA-N 0.000 description 9
- OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N adenosine Chemical class C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229940104302 cytosine Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000006213 oxygenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 9
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000012384 transportation and delivery Methods 0.000 description 9
- 206010021143 Hypoxia Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 8
- 229920002873 Polyethylenimine Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 206010037423 Pulmonary oedema Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 8
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 208000018875 hypoxemia Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 description 8
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000009325 pulmonary function Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 7
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N Ribose Natural products OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 210000002821 alveolar epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 230000003276 anti-hypertensive effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000002924 anti-infective effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 7
- 208000005333 pulmonary edema Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 7
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K thiophosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=S RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 7
- JTEGQNOMFQHVDC-RQJHMYQMSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2s,5r)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-oxathiolan-5-yl]pyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)SC1 JTEGQNOMFQHVDC-RQJHMYQMSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108010016790 RNA-Induced Silencing Complex Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102000000574 RNA-Induced Silencing Complex Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 6
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N D-ribofuranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 5
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-D-Furanose-Ribose Natural products OCC1OC(O)C(O)C1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 235000015872 dietary supplement Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 238000005399 mechanical ventilation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 125000000548 ribosyl group Chemical group C1([C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O1)CO)* 0.000 description 5
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- QWZNMUPRNVZTEK-XVKPBYJWSA-N 1-[(2R,5S)-2-azido-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-5-methylpyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@]1(N=[N+]=[N-])O[C@H](CO)CC1 QWZNMUPRNVZTEK-XVKPBYJWSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical group OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108090001126 Furin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108010001267 Protein Subunits Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000002015 acyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 229960005305 adenosine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000000843 anti-fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011203 antimicrobial therapy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 4
- 108091027963 non-coding RNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000042567 non-coding RNA Human genes 0.000 description 4
- LRMQCJCMKQSEJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N oligo b Polymers O1C(N2C3=NC=NC(N)=C3N=C2)C(OC)C(OC(=O)C=2C=C3C4(OC(=O)C3=CC=2)C2=CC=C(O)C=C2OC2=CC(O)=CC=C24)C1COP(O)(=O)OC1C(C(O2)N3C(N=C(N)C(C)=C3)=O)OCC12COP(O)(=O)OC(C1OC)C(COP(O)(=O)OC2C3(COP(O)(=O)OC4C(C(OC4COP(O)(=O)OC4C(C(OC4COP(O)(=O)OC4C(C(OC4COP(O)(=O)OC4C5(COP(O)(=O)OC6C(C(OC6COP(O)(=O)OC6C7(COP(O)(=O)OC8C(C(OC8COP(O)(=O)OC8C9(CO)COC8C(O9)N8C(N=C(N)C(C)=C8)=O)N8C(NC(=O)C=C8)=O)OC)COC6C(O7)N6C(N=C(N)C(C)=C6)=O)N6C(N=C(N)C=C6)=O)OC)COC4C(O5)N4C(N=C(N)C(C)=C4)=O)N4C5=NC=NC(N)=C5N=C4)OC)N4C5=C(C(NC(N)=N5)=O)N=C4)OC)N4C5=C(C(NC(N)=N5)=O)N=C4)OC)COC2C(O3)N2C(N=C(N)C(C)=C2)=O)OC1N1C=CC(=O)NC1=O LRMQCJCMKQSEJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XUYJLQHKOGNDPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphonoacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CP(O)(O)=O XUYJLQHKOGNDPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 102000054765 polymorphisms of proteins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000005451 thionucleotide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940113082 thymine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- HBOMLICNUCNMMY-XLPZGREQSA-N zidovudine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](N=[N+]=[N-])C1 HBOMLICNUCNMMY-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108091023037 Aptamer Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 210000001266 CD8-positive T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 208000000059 Dyspnea Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010013975 Dyspnoeas Diseases 0.000 description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108091093037 Peptide nucleic acid Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010035664 Pneumonia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uracil Chemical group O=C1C=CNC(=O)N1 ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 210000003123 bronchiole Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 3
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011260 co-administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002648 combination therapy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000016396 cytokine production Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 3
- 231100000517 death Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000030279 gene silencing Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000003714 granulocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 3
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N lactose group Chemical group OC1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O2)CO)[C@H](O1)CO GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000414 obstructive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000001181 organosilyl group Chemical group [SiH3]* 0.000 description 3
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940127557 pharmaceutical product Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000010363 phase shift Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000032361 posttranscriptional gene silencing Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000002815 pulmonary hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229920002477 rna polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000000391 smoking effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940035893 uracil Drugs 0.000 description 3
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical group N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OFEZSBMBBKLLBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-ol Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1C1OC(CO)CC1O OFEZSBMBBKLLBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FZWGECJQACGGTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-7-methyl-1,7-dihydro-6H-purin-6-one Chemical compound NC1=NC(O)=C2N(C)C=NC2=N1 FZWGECJQACGGTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ICSNLGPSRYBMBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminopyridine Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=N1 ICSNLGPSRYBMBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ASJSAQIRZKANQN-CRCLSJGQSA-N 2-deoxy-D-ribose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CC=O ASJSAQIRZKANQN-CRCLSJGQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UJBCLAXPPIDQEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-prop-1-ynyl-1h-pyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound CC#CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O UJBCLAXPPIDQEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SLXKOJJOQWFEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-aminohexanoic acid Chemical compound NCCCCCC(O)=O SLXKOJJOQWFEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LRFVTYWOQMYALW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-xanthine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)NC2=C1NC=N2 LRFVTYWOQMYALW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010011224 Cough Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 2
- BXZVVICBKDXVGW-NKWVEPMBSA-N Didanosine Chemical compound O1[C@H](CO)CC[C@@H]1N1C(NC=NC2=O)=C2N=C1 BXZVVICBKDXVGW-NKWVEPMBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010060902 Diffuse alveolar damage Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101100536354 Drosophila melanogaster tant gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101000612671 Homo sapiens Pulmonary surfactant-associated protein C Proteins 0.000 description 2
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010036790 Productive cough Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000002067 Protein Subunits Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100040971 Pulmonary surfactant-associated protein C Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010038687 Respiratory distress Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010040047 Sepsis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108091060271 Small temporal RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000007536 Thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000002689 Toll-like receptor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020000411 Toll-like receptor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010069675 Ventilation perfusion mismatch Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- HMNZFMSWFCAGGW-XPWSMXQVSA-N [3-[hydroxy(2-hydroxyethoxy)phosphoryl]oxy-2-[(e)-octadec-9-enoyl]oxypropyl] (e)-octadec-9-enoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C\CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(COP(O)(=O)OCCO)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C\CCCCCCCC HMNZFMSWFCAGGW-XPWSMXQVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004457 alkyl amino carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004947 alkyl aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003806 alkyl carbonyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005196 alkyl carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004691 alkyl thio carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 102000015395 alpha 1-Antitrypsin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010050122 alpha 1-Antitrypsin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229940024142 alpha 1-antitrypsin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000004859 alveolar capillary barrier Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000005122 aminoalkylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001769 aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004658 aryl carbonyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005129 aryl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005199 aryl carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005200 aryloxy carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 2
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002146 bilateral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000002352 blister Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000001601 blood-air barrier Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000038 chest Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 2
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019504 cigarettes Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000001651 cyanato group Chemical group [*]OC#N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 2
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004473 dialkylaminocarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003828 downregulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003038 endothelium Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000003989 endothelium vascular Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000003979 eosinophil Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000003328 fibroblastic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 2
- BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-aminobutyric acid Chemical compound NCCCC(O)=O BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012226 gene silencing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003976 glyceryl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(O[H])([H])C(O[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000002962 histologic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N hypoxanthine Chemical compound O=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001506 immunosuppresive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004941 influx Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- YACKEPLHDIMKIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylphosphonic acid Chemical compound CP(O)(O)=O YACKEPLHDIMKIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001616 monocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 125000003835 nucleoside group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001376 precipitating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000003456 pulmonary alveoli Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000001147 pulmonary artery Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000241 respiratory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- FSYKKLYZXJSNPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sarcosine Chemical compound C[NH2+]CC([O-])=O FSYKKLYZXJSNPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000013220 shortness of breath Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000000779 smoke Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000027849 smooth muscle hyperplasia Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000024794 sputum Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000003802 sputum Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005420 sulfonamido group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)(N*)* 0.000 description 2
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011191 terminal modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000876 trifluoromethoxy group Chemical group FC(F)(F)O* 0.000 description 2
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000029812 viral genome replication Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 2
- FPHJJCBLRAPJQJ-CRKDRTNXSA-N (2s,3r,4s,5r)-2-amino-2-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@]1(N)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O FPHJJCBLRAPJQJ-CRKDRTNXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N -2-Amino-4-hydroxybutanoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCO UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DDMOUSALMHHKOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dichloro-1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethane Chemical compound FC(F)(Cl)C(F)(F)Cl DDMOUSALMHHKOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MPCAJMNYNOGXPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,5-anhydrohexitol Chemical class OCC1OCC(O)C(O)C1O MPCAJMNYNOGXPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenoxazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QMQZIXCNLUPEIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-imidazole-2-carbonitrile Chemical compound N#CC1=NC=CN1 QMQZIXCNLUPEIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIINGYXNCHTJTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-azaniumylethylamino)acetate Chemical group NCCNCC(O)=O PIINGYXNCHTJTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010000834 2-5A-dependent ribonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100027962 2-5A-dependent ribonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 1
- YQSPOXMPYQYCSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxy-1h-imidazole Chemical compound COC1=NC=CN1 YQSPOXMPYQYCSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KUQZVISZELWDNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-aminopropyl dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound NCCCOP(O)(O)=O KUQZVISZELWDNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HYCSHFLKPSMPGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxypropyl dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound OCCCOP(O)(O)=O HYCSHFLKPSMPGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LOJNBPNACKZWAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-nitro-1h-pyrrole Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C=1C=CNC=1 LOJNBPNACKZWAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVONXEQGWXGFJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-sulfanylidene-1h-pyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound SC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OVONXEQGWXGFJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRSASMSXMSNRBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methylcytosine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)N=C1N LRSASMSXMSNRBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OZFPSOBLQZPIAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-nitro-1h-indole Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 OZFPSOBLQZPIAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091027075 5S-rRNA precursor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- SXQMWXNOYLLRBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(methylamino)purin-8-one Chemical compound CNC1=NC=NC2=NC(=O)N=C12 SXQMWXNOYLLRBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XYVLZAYJHCECPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-aminohexyl phosphate Chemical compound NCCCCCCOP(O)(O)=O XYVLZAYJHCECPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSSXOMSJDRHRMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-purine-2,6-diamine Chemical compound NC1=NC(N)=C2NC=NC2=N1 MSSXOMSJDRHRMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000020053 Abnormal inflammatory response Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010003598 Atelectasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- XUKUURHRXDUEBC-KAYWLYCHSA-N Atorvastatin Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C1=C(C=2C=CC(F)=CC=2)N(CC[C@@H](O)C[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O)C(C(C)C)=C1C(=O)NC1=CC=CC=C1 XUKUURHRXDUEBC-KAYWLYCHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010003694 Atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010006482 Bronchospasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000016216 Choristoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010077544 Chromatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000017667 Chronic Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclophosphamide Chemical compound ClCCN(CCCl)P1(=O)NCCCO1 CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000005927 Cysteine Proteases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010005843 Cysteine Proteases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000003883 Cystic fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KAZBKCHUSA-N D-altritol Chemical class OC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KAZBKCHUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008574 D-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004338 Dichlorodifluoromethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000255581 Drosophila <fruit fly, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010042407 Endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004533 Endonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000032843 Hemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000851058 Homo sapiens Neutrophil elastase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000001953 Hypotension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hypoxanthine nucleoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(NC=NC2=O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010062016 Immunosuppression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000014150 Interferons Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010050904 Interferons Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000155250 Iole Species 0.000 description 1
- SNDPXSYFESPGGJ-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-2-aminopentanoic acid Chemical compound CCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O SNDPXSYFESPGGJ-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RHGKLRLOHDJJDR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-citrulline Chemical compound NC(=O)NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O RHGKLRLOHDJJDR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-VKHMYHEASA-N L-homoserine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCO UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNDPXSYFESPGGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-norVal-OH Natural products CCCC(N)C(O)=O SNDPXSYFESPGGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-norleucine Chemical compound CCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000003960 Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000364 Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000877 Melamine resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010054949 Metaplasia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000034486 Multi-organ failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101100400378 Mus musculus Marveld2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000010428 Muscle Weakness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010028372 Muscular weakness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RHGKLRLOHDJJDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ndelta-carbamoyl-DL-ornithine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=O RHGKLRLOHDJJDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MRWXACSTFXYYMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nebularine Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C2=NC=NC=C2N=C1 MRWXACSTFXYYMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100033174 Neutrophil elastase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010029379 Neutrophilia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000208125 Nicotiana Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002637 Nicotiana tabacum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010029538 Non-cardiogenic pulmonary oedema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010067372 Pancreatic elastase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016387 Pancreatic elastase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010033645 Pancreatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorous acid Chemical group OP(O)=O ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000013566 Plasminogen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010051456 Plasminogen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000007902 Primary cutaneous amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000007123 Pulmonary Atelectasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010037394 Pulmonary haemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000029464 Pulmonary infiltrates Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010057163 Ribonuclease III Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003661 Ribonuclease III Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 235000018734 Sambucus australis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000180577 Sambucus australis Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010077895 Sarcosine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001147844 Streptomyces verticillus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000272534 Struthio camelus Species 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010017842 Telomerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000024313 Testicular Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010057644 Testis cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010047139 Vasoconstriction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- SIIZPVYVXNXXQG-KGXOGWRBSA-N [(2r,3r,4r,5r)-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-4-[[(3s,4r)-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-3,4-dihydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methyl [(2r,4r,5r)-2-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-4-hydroxy-5-(phosphonooxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers C1=NC2=C(N)N=CN=C2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OC2[C@@H](O[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)[C@H]2O)N2C3=NC=NC(N)=C3N=C2)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OP(O)(=O)OCC([C@@H](O)[C@H]1O)OC1N1C(N=CN=C2N)=C2N=C1 SIIZPVYVXNXXQG-KGXOGWRBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBLHOLNNKJBEDC-XOGQCRKLSA-N [(2r,3s,4s,5r,6r)-2-[(2r,3s,4s,5s,6s)-2-[(1r,2s)-2-[[6-amino-2-[(1s)-3-amino-1-[[(2s)-2,3-diamino-3-oxopropyl]amino]-3-oxopropyl]-5-methylpyrimidine-4-carbonyl]amino]-3-[[(2r,3s,4s)-5-[[(2s,3r)-1-[2-[4-[4-[4-(diaminomethylideneamino)butylcarbamoyl]-1,3-th Chemical compound N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@H](O)C)C(=O)NCCC=1SC=C(N=1)C=1SC=C(N=1)C(=O)NCCCCN=C(N)N)[C@@H](O[C@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1)O[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](OC(N)=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)C=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)C1=NC([C@H](CC(N)=O)NC[C@H](N)C(N)=O)=NC(N)=C1C NBLHOLNNKJBEDC-XOGQCRKLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009692 acute damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002730 additional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004479 aerosol dispenser Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003915 air pollution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004712 air sac Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000037883 airway inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000005091 airway smooth muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003767 alanine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001476 alcoholic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005194 alkoxycarbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004448 alkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004644 alkyl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000735 allogeneic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011316 allogeneic transplantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008381 alveolar epithelial damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002383 alveolar type I cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002588 alveolar type II cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960002684 aminocaproic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003872 anastomosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940041181 antineoplastic drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N arabinose Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008209 arabinosides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004872 arterial blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000613 asparagine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 208000006673 asthma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000037444 atrophy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003190 augmentative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001363 autoimmune Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003651 basophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-Pyranose-Lyxose Natural products OC1COC(O)C(O)C1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000227 bioadhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002988 biodegradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004621 biodegradable polymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001222 biopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- 210000000621 bronchi Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007885 bronchoconstriction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004856 capillary permeability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000005708 carbonyloxy group Chemical group [*:2]OC([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000001269 cardiogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000033077 cellular process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036755 cellular response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004700 cellular uptake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003679 cervix uteri Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000973 chemotherapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011976 chest X-ray Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- KYKAJFCTULSVSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloro(fluoro)methane Chemical class F[C]Cl KYKAJFCTULSVSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000003483 chromatin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000037976 chronic inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006020 chronic inflammation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001886 ciliary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002173 citrulline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013477 citrulline Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091036078 conserved sequence Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940097362 cyclodextrins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229960004397 cyclophosphamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 108091092330 cytoplasmic RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000008260 defense mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036576 dermal application Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004986 diarylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichlorodifluoromethane Chemical compound FC(F)(Cl)Cl PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019404 dichlorodifluoromethane Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940042935 dichlorodifluoromethane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940087091 dichlorotetrafluoroethane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003292 diminished effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-K dioxido-sulfanylidene-sulfido-$l^{5}-phosphane Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([S-])=S NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 230000009429 distress Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000010982 eIF-2 Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010037623 eIF-2 Kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003511 endothelial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003344 environmental pollutant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003238 esophagus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000001033 ether group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000001155 extrinsic allergic alveolitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000893 fibroproliferative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010419 fine particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004785 fluoromethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])(F)O* 0.000 description 1
- HKIOYBQGHSTUDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N folpet Chemical group C1=CC=C2C(=O)N(SC(Cl)(Cl)Cl)C(=O)C2=C1 HKIOYBQGHSTUDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003692 gamma aminobutyric acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000021302 gastroesophageal reflux disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000054766 genetic haplotypes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 210000004602 germ cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004907 gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000002175 goblet cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000000224 granular leucocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000000227 grinding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001475 halogen functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000003128 head Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,2,3,4,5,6-hexol Chemical compound OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002402 hexoses Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 210000004276 hyalin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000022098 hypersensitivity pneumonitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000036543 hypotension Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940079322 interferon Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000037427 ion transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002427 irreversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004199 lung function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001926 lymphatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012045 magnetic resonance elastography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- JDSHMPZPIAZGSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N melamine Chemical compound NC1=NC(N)=NC(N)=N1 JDSHMPZPIAZGSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000007974 melamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000015689 metaplastic ossification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940071648 metered dose inhaler Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000011987 methylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007069 methylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylparaben Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 210000005063 microvascular endothelium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003595 mist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001823 molecular biology technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000877 morphologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003097 mucus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000029744 multiple organ dysfunction syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002107 myocardial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002088 nanocapsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- MRWXACSTFXYYMV-FDDDBJFASA-N nebularine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC=C2N=C1 MRWXACSTFXYYMV-FDDDBJFASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006199 nebulizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003739 neck Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000017074 necrotic cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003448 neutrophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001400 nonyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000010606 normalization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001473 noxious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091008104 nucleic acid aptamers Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000003833 nucleoside derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000009437 off-target effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000014207 opsonization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036542 oxidative stress Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 230000000242 pagocytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003950 pathogenic mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000915 pathological change Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000036285 pathological change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004115 pentoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001539 phagocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011170 pharmaceutical development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000394 phosphonato group Chemical group [O-]P([O-])(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000008298 phosphoramidates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003014 phosphoric acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000004224 pleura Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004043 pneumocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010011110 polyarginine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001601 polyetherimide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003910 polypeptide antibiotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010837 poor prognosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002980 postoperative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001124 posttranscriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004321 preservation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000037821 progressive disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000004368 propenyl group Chemical group C(=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000019833 protease Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000004952 protein activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004879 pulmonary tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007634 remodeling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000029058 respiratory gaseous exchange Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000023504 respiratory system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000008458 response to injury Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000284 resting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940043230 sarcosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JRPHGDYSKGJTKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N selenophosphoric acid Chemical class OP(O)([SeH])=O JRPHGDYSKGJTKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002864 sequence alignment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- DFVFTMTWCUHJBL-BQBZGAKWSA-N statine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O DFVFTMTWCUHJBL-BQBZGAKWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000008203 tachypnea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010043089 tachypnoea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004876 tela submucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 201000003120 testicular cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004001 thioalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XXYIANZGUOSQHY-XLPZGREQSA-N thymidine 3'-monophosphate Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)C1 XXYIANZGUOSQHY-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000287 tissue oxygenation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000017423 tissue regeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003325 tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- CYRMSUTZVYGINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichlorofluoromethane Chemical compound FC(Cl)(Cl)Cl CYRMSUTZVYGINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940029284 trichlorofluoromethane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004784 trichloromethoxy group Chemical group ClC(O*)(Cl)Cl 0.000 description 1
- 150000005691 triesters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 1
- MYPYJXKWCTUITO-LYRMYLQWSA-N vancomycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1OC1=C2C=C3C=C1OC1=CC=C(C=C1Cl)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]3C(=O)N[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](C3=CC(O)=CC(O)=C3C=3C(O)=CC=C1C=3)C(O)=O)=O)[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(C(=C1)Cl)O2)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC(C)C)NC)[C@H]1C[C@](C)(N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 MYPYJXKWCTUITO-LYRMYLQWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000025033 vasoconstriction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000000341 volatile oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004580 weight loss Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940075420 xanthine Drugs 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
- A61K31/7088—Compounds having three or more nucleosides or nucleotides
- A61K31/713—Double-stranded nucleic acids or oligonucleotides
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
- A61P11/08—Bronchodilators
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/02—Nutrients, e.g. vitamins, minerals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/10—Antimycotics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
- A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
- A61P5/38—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the suprarenal hormones
- A61P5/44—Glucocorticosteroids; Drugs increasing or potentiating the activity of glucocorticosteroids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/12—Antihypertensives
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
- C12N15/113—Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
- C12N15/113—Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing
- C12N15/1138—Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing against receptors or cell surface proteins
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/10—Type of nucleic acid
- C12N2310/11—Antisense
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/10—Type of nucleic acid
- C12N2310/14—Type of nucleic acid interfering nucleic acids [NA]
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
- C12N2310/32—Chemical structure of the sugar
- C12N2310/321—2'-O-R Modification
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
- C12N2310/34—Spatial arrangement of the modifications
- C12N2310/344—Position-specific modifications, e.g. on every purine, at the 3'-end
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
- C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
- C12N2310/35—Nature of the modification
- C12N2310/352—Nature of the modification linked to the nucleic acid via a carbon atom
- C12N2310/3521—Methyl
Abstract
Disclosed is a use of a combination of at least one nucleic acid TLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one nucleic acid TLR4 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a lung disorder, a lung disease or a lung injury. a lung injury.
Description
COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR TREATING LUNG DISEASE AND INJURY RELATED APPLICATIONS This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 61/448,723, filed March 3, 2011, ed nation Therapy for Treating Lung Disease And Injury" and which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety and for all purposes.
SEQUENCE LISTING The t application contains a Sequence g, which is entitled 228- PCT1_ST25.txt, created on February 6, 2012 and 2,280 kb in size, and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Throughout this application various patents and publications are cited. The sures of these documents in their entireties are hereby incorporated by reference into this application to more fully be the state of the art to which this invention pertains.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION Compositions, methods and kits for treating lung disease and injury are provided herein.
SUMMARY OF THE ION itions, methods and kits for treating lung es are ed herein. In certain aspects and embodiments, provided are compositions and methods for therapy for treating lung disorders or injury in a mammal, including treatment of acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), acute lung injury, pulmonary fibrosis (idiopathic), bleomycin induced ary fibrosis, mechanical ventilator induced lung injury, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), chronic bronchitis, emphysema, lung transplantation-induced acute graft dysfunction and iolitis obliterans after lung transplantation. In certain aspects and embodiments, provided are compositions and methods for combination therapy for treating or preventing inflammation and/or graft rejection associated with organ transplantation, in particular lung transplantation, including treatment, prevention or ation of progression of primary graft failure, ischemia-reperfusion injury, reperfusion injury, reperfusion edema, allograft dysfunction, pulmonary reimplantation response, iolitis obliterans after lung lantation and/or primary graft dysfunction (PGD) after organ lantation, in particular in lung transplantation. In certain aspects and embodiments, provided are compositions and methods for combination therapy for treating lung disorders or injury in a mammal. The compositions and methods involve inhibiting the gene Toll-like receptor 2 (TLR2) or the genes Toll-like receptor 2 (TLR2) and ike receptor 4 (TLR4).
In s aspects and ments, compositions, methods and kits provided herein may target, decrease, down-regulate or inhibit the expression/activity/function of the gene Toll-like receptor 2 (TLR2). In various s and embodiments, compositions, methods and kits provided herein may target, decrease, egulate or inhibit the expression/activity/fianction of the genes: (i) Toll-like receptor 2 (TLR2) and (ii) ike receptor 4 (TLR4).
In one aspect, provided is a method for treating a lung disorder, disease or injury in a mammal in need thereof. The method may include administering to the mammal at least one therapeutic agent selected from a TLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, in an amount effective to treat the mammal.
In another aspect, provided is a method for treating a lung disorder, disease or injury in a mammal in need thereof. The method may include administering to the mammal at least two therapeutic agents selected from: (i) a TLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug f, and (ii) a TLR4 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof; in an amount effective to treat the mammal.
The methods may include preventing, treating, ameliorating, and/or g the progression of lung disorders or injury, such as, t being limited to, ARDS, acute lung injury, pulmonary fibrosis (idiopathic), bleomycin induced pulmonary fibrosis, mechanical ventilator induced lung injury, COPD and disease, er or injury associated with lung transplantation in a t. The method may involve treating, ameliorating, and/or slowing the progression of the aforementioned diseases or conditions or associated symptoms or complications thereof by administering to said subject a therapeutically effective amount of a therapeutic agent directed to the gene TLR2. The method may involve treating, ameliorating, and/or slowing the progression of the entioned diseases or conditions or associated WO 18910 symptoms or complications thereof by stering to said subject a therapeutically ive amount of at least one therapeutic agent that down regulates TLR2 and at least one therapeutic agent that down tes TLR4. The method may involve treating, rating, and/or slowing the progression of the entioned diseases or conditions or associated symptoms or complications thereof by administering to said subject a therapeutically effective amount of a single therapeutic agent, which is e of egulating the genes TLR2 and TLR4 and/or the gene products of the genes TLR2 and TLR4.
In various embodiments the provided methods of treating a lung disease, er or injury comprise inhibiting the gene Toll-like receptor 2 (TLR2) in combination with one or more onal treatment methods selected from the group consisting of surgery, steroid therapy, eroid therapy, antibiotic therapy, antiviral y, antifungal therapy, immunosuppressant therapy, anti-infective therapy, anti-hypertensive therapy and nutritional supplements. In various embodiments the additional treatment is administered prior to, subsequent to or concomitantly with the provided method for treating a lung disorder, disease or injury. In various embodiments the provided methods of treating a lung disease, disorder or injury comprise inhibiting the gene Toll-like receptor 2 (TLR2) in combination with immunosuppressant therapy. In various embodiments the provided methods of treating a lung disease, disorder or injury comprise inhibiting the genes Toll-like receptor 2 (TLR2) and Toll-like or 4 (TLR4) in combination with one or more additional treatment methods selected from the group consisting of surgery, steroid therapy, non-steroid therapy, antibiotic therapy, antiviral therapy, antifungal therapy, antimicrobial therapy, immunosuppressant therapy, anti-infective therapy, anti-hypertensive therapy and nutritional supplements. In various embodiments the provided methods of treating a lung disease, disorder or injury se down-regulating the gene Toll-like receptor 2 (TLR2) and the gene Toll-like receptor 4 (TLR4) in combination with immunosuppressant therapy.
In certain embodiments the provided methods may e one or more of the following: A. Administration of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutic agent selected from a TLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically able salt or prodrug thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier; or B. Co-administration, e.g. concomitantly or in sequence, of a therapeutically effective amount of at least two therapeutic , wherein at least one therapeutic agent is for down-regulating the gene TLR2 and at least one therapeutic agent is for down-regulating the gene TLR4; and the therapeutic agents are ed from: (i) a TLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, and (ii) a TLR4 inhibitor or a ceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof; or C. Administration of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of at least two therapeutic agents, wherein at least one therapeutic agent is for down-regulating the gene TLR2 and at least one therapeutic agent is for down-regulating the gene TLR4; and the eutic agents are selected from: (i) a TLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, and (ii) a TLR4 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically able salt or g thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier; or D. Administration of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutic agent which is capable of down-regulating the genes TLR2 and TLR4 and/or the gene products of the genes TLR2 and TLR4. Non-limiting examples of such single agents are tandem and multi-armed RNAi molecules disclosed in PCT Patent Publication No. WO 2007/091269.
In one aspect, provided is a medicament that includes a therapeutic agent which target, se, down-regulate or t the expression/activity/fianction of the gene TLR2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof. Therapeutic agents useful in the ation as provided herein include, but are not limited to, small organic molecule al compounds; proteins, antibodies or fragments thereof, peptides, peptidomimetics and nucleic acid molecules.
In another aspect, provided is a ment that includes at least two therapeutic agents which target, decrease, down-regulate or inhibit the expression/activity/fianction of the genes: (i) TLR2 and (ii) TLR4, wherein at least one therapeutic agent down-regulates the gene TLR2 and at least one therapeutic agent down-regulates the gene TLR4; and the therapeutic agents are selected from: (i) a TLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, and (ii) a TLR4 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof. Therapeutic agents useful in the combination as provided herein include, but are not d to, small organic molecule; proteins, antibodies or fragments thereof, peptides, peptidomimetics and c acid molecules.
In some embodiments the therapeutic agent comprises a nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments each nucleic acid molecule is independently selected from the group ting of an antisense molecule, a short interfering c acid (siNA), short interfering RNA (siRNA), double-stranded RNA (dsRNA), micro-RNA (miRNA) or short hairpin RNA (shRNA) that bind a nucleotide sequence (such as an mRNA ce) encoding a target gene selected from TLR2 and TLR4, for example: 0 the mRNA coding sequence for human TLR2 exemplified by SEQ ID NO:1 (gil68l60956|ref|NM_003264.3| Homo s toll-like receptor 2 (TLR2), mRNA), o the mRNA coding sequence for human TLR4 exemplified by SEQ ID NO:2 (gil207028550lreleR_024169.1| Homo sapiens toll-like receptor 4 (TLR4), ript variant 4, non-coding RNA); or o the mRNA coding sequence for human TLR4 exemplified by SEQ ID NO:3 (gil207028620lreleM_l38554.3l Homo sapiens toll-like receptor 4 (TLR4), transcript variant 1, mRNA); or o the mRNA coding sequence for human TLR4 exemplified by SEQ ID NO:4 702845l|ref|NR_024l68.l| Homo sapiens toll-like receptor 4 (TLR4), transcript variant 3, non-coding RNA).
In various ments each nucleic acid molecule is or includes a dsRNA molecule or a siRNA molecule. In various embodiments, the nucleic acid molecule (a) includes a sense strand and an nse strand; (b) each strand of the nucleic acid molecule is independently 17 to 40 nucleotides in length; (c) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the antisense strand is complementary to a sequence of an mRNA encoding human TLR2 (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1) or TLR4 (e.g., SEQ ID NOs: 2-4); and (d) a 17 to 40 tide sequence of the sense strand is complementary to the a ce of the antisense strand and includes a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of an mRNA encoding human TLR2 (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1) or TLR4 (e.g., SEQ ID NOs: 2-4).
A pharmaceutical product as provided herein may, for example, be a pharmaceutical composition ing the therapeutic agent in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. A pharmaceutical product as provided herein may, for example, be a pharmaceutical composition including the first and second therapeutic agent in admixture in a pharmaceutically able carrier. Alternatively, the pharmaceutical product may, for example, be a kit comprising a preparation of the first therapeutic agent and a preparation of the second therapeutic agent and, optionally, instructions for the simultaneous, sequential or separate administration of the ations to a patient in need thereof.
In a first , provided is a method of preventing or reducing the symptoms of primary graft dysfunction (PGD) in a ent of a lung lant, comprising administering to the recipient a therapeutically-effective amount of at least one TLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, and a therapeutically- effective amount of at least one TLR4 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically able salt or prodrug thereof, y preventing or reducing the symptoms of PGD in the recipient. In various embodiments the symptoms of PGD include inflammation, acute graft rejection, graft rejection, ischemia-reperfusion injury, reperfusion , impaired pulmonary function, bronchiolitis obliterans, impaired blood oxygenation, increased inflammatory cytokine production, intra-graft and intra-airway lation of granulocytes, pulmonary edema and hypoxemia.
In some embodiments, the recipient of the lung transplant is a human that is at risk of developing or is being d for primary graft dysfiJnction (PGD). In some embodiments the method as provided herein may, for example, be use for preventing or reducing the symptoms of cold ischemia-associated PGD. Alternatively, the method may, for example, be for preventing or reducing the symptoms ofwarm ischemia-associated PGD.
In various embodiments, the stration of the at least oneTLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically able salt or prodrug thereof, and the at least one TLR4 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof results in one or more of the following: reduced pulmonary edema, increased blood oxygenation, ved blood oxygenation, improved ary filnction, preserved pulmonary fianction in the recipient of a lung transplant and improved pulmonary function of the transplanted lung.
In various embodiments, the at least one TLR2 inhibitor and the at least one TLR4 inhibitor are administered to the recipient of a lung transplant prior to, during or following the lung transplantation.
In some embodiments, the at least one TLR2 inhibitor and the at least one TLR4 inhibitor are co-administered to the recipient in the same formulation. atively, the at least one TLR2 inhibitor and the at least one TLR4 inhibitor are co-administered to the recipient in different formulations.
WO 18910 In some ments, the at least one TLR2 inhibitor and the at least one TLR4 inhibitor are co-administered to the recipient by the same route. In other embodiments, the at least one TLR2 inhibitor and the at least one TLR4 inhibitor are co-administered to the recipient by different routes. In various embodiments, the methods comprise aneous administration of the at least one TLR2 inhibitor and the at least one TLR4 inhibitor. In some embodiments, the methods comprise separate administration of the at least one TLR2 inhibitor and the at least one TLR4 inhibitor. In some embodiments, the methods comprise combined administration of the at least one TLR2 inhibitor and the at least one TLR4 inhibitor. In other embodiments, the methods comprise sequential stration of the at least one TLR2 inhibitor and the at least one TLR4 inhibitor.
In s embodiments the provided method of preventing or reducing the symptoms of y graft dysfunction (PGD) in a recipient of a lung transplant, further comprises at least one additional treatment selected from the group ting of surgery, d y, non-steroid y, antiviral therapy, antifiangal therapy, antimicrobial therapy, immunosuppressant therapy, anti-infective therapy, anti-hypertensive therapy, ional supplements and any combination thereof. In various embodiments, the additional treatment is administered prior to, subsequent to or concomitantly with administering of at least one TLR2 inhibitor and at least one TLR4 inhibitor. In some embodiments, the additional treatment comprises immunosuppressant therapy.
In various embodiments, the route of administration of at least one TLR2 inhibitor and at least one TLR4 inhibitor is selected from: systemic administration or local administration. In s embodiments, the method of administration of at least one TLR2 inhibitor and at least one TLR4 inhibitor to the recipient of a lung transplant is selected from the group sing: intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intraportal, subcutaneous, direct injection, racheal instillation, inhalation, intranasal, pulmonary and administration via pump into the lung. In some embodiments, at least one TLR2 inhibitor and at least one TLR4 inhibitor are administered to the recipient of a lung transplant by inhalation. In another embodiments, at least one TLR2 inhibitor and at least one TLR4 inhibitor are administered to the recipient of a lung transplant by intratracheal instillation.
In various embodiments of the provided method of preventing or reducing the symptoms of primary graft dysfiJnction (PGD) in a recipient of a lung transplant, the at least one TLR2 inhibitor and the at least one TLR4 inhibitor are each ndently selected from the group ting of a small organic molecule, a protein, an antibody or fragment thereof, a e, a peptidomimetic and a c acid molecule. In some embodiments, at least one inhibitor comprises a nucleic acid molecule. In other embodiments, each inhibitor comprises a nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments, each inhibitor comprises a nucleic acid molecule and the first nucleic acid molecule is a double-stranded oligonucleotide that binds a nucleotide sequence encoding a TLR2 gene and the second nucleic acid molecule is a double-stranded oligonucleotide that binds a nucleotide sequence encoding a TLR4 gene. In some embodiments the double-stranded oligonucleotides are linked one to the other in tandem or annealed in RNAistar formation.
In some embodiments the first double-stranded oligonucleotide comprises: (a) a sense strand and an antisense strand; (b) each strand is independently 17 to 40 nucleotides in length; (c) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the antisense strand is complementary to a sequence of an mRNA encoding TLR2; and (d) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the sense strand is complementary to the antisense strand; and the second double-stranded oligonucleotide comprises: (a) a sense strand and an nse ; (b) each strand is independently 17 to 40 nucleotides in length; (c) a 17 to 40 nucleotide ce of the antisense strand is complementary to a ce of an mRNA encoding TLR4; and (d) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the sense strand is complementary to the antisense strand.
In various embodiments the mRNA polynucleotide sequence of TLR2 is set forth in SEQ ID NO:1 and the mRNA polynucleotide sequence of TLR4 is set forth in any one of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:3 and SEQ ID NO:4.
In some embodiments, the first double-stranded ucleotide and the second double-stranded oligonucleotide are co-administered to the ent in the same formulation. In other embodiments, the first double-stranded oligonucleotide and the second -stranded oligonucleotide are co-administered to the recipient in different formulations. In some embodiments, the first double-stranded oligonucleotide and the second double-stranded oligonucleotide are co-administered to the recipient by the same route. In some embodiments, the first double-stranded oligonucleotide and the second -stranded oligonucleotide are co-administered to the recipient by different routes. In various embodiments the mode of administration of the first double-stranded oligonucleotide and the second double-stranded oligonucleotide to the recipient of the lung transplant is selected from the group comprising: te, combined, simultaneous and sequential administration.
In some embodiments, the first double-stranded oligonucleotide and the second double-stranded oligonucleotide are formulated for stering to the recipient once. In other embodiments, the first -stranded oligonucleotide and the second double-stranded oligonucleotide are formulated for administering to the recipient at least once-a-day. In yet other embodiments, the first double-stranded oligonucleotide and the second double-stranded oligonucleotide are ated for multiple administrations to the recipient.
In some embodiments of the provided method of preventing or reducing the symptoms of primary graft dysfilnction (PGD) in a recipient of a lung transplant, at least one double-stranded oligonucleotide independently comprises a structure (Al): (Al) 5 ’ (N)X — Z 3 ’ (antisense strand) 3’ Z’-(N’)y —z" 5’ (sense strand) wherein each of N and N’ is a ribonucleotide which may be unmodified or modified, or an unconventional moiety; wherein each of (N)x and (N ’)y is an oligonucleotide in which each consecutive N or N’ is joined to the next N or N’ by a nt bond; wherein each of Z and Z’ is ndently present or absent, but if t is independently l-5 consecutive nucleotides or unconventional moieties or a combination thereof covalently attached at the 3 ’ terminus of the strand in which it is present. wherein z" may be present or absent, but if present is a capping moiety covalently attached at the 5’ terminus of (N’)y; wherein each of x and y is independently an integer between 17 and 40; wherein the sequence of (N’)y is mentary to the sequence of (N)x; and wherein (N)x comprises an antisense sequence to an mRNA ed from an mRNA encoding TLR2 and an mRNA encoding TLR4. 2012/027169 In various embodiments of structure (Al), the mRNA polynucleotide sequence of TLR2 is set forth in SEQ ID NO:1 and the mRNA polynucleotide ce of TLR4 is set forth in any one of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:3 and SEQ ID NO:4.
In some preferred embodiments of structure (Al), x = y =19.
In some ments of structure (Al), (N)X comprises an antisense oligonucleotide selected from the group consisting of oligonucleotides having SEQ ID NOs: 723-1440, 2247-3052, 312 and 8459-8604 and (N’)y comprises a complementary sense strand ucleotide selected from the group consisting of oligonucleotides having SEQ ID NOs: - 722, 1441 - 2246, 5839 — 7075 and 8313 — 8458.
In various embodiments of the provided method of preventing or reducing the symptoms of primary graft dysfunction (PGD) in a ent of a lung transplant, administration of the at least one double-stranded oligonucleotide that binds a tide sequence encoding a TLR2 gene and the at least one double-stranded oligonucleotide that binds a nucleotide sequence encoding a TLR4 gene results in down-regulation of TLR2 expression and TLR4 expression, respectively.
In some embodiments of the provided method of preventing or reducing the symptoms of primary graft dysfilnction (PGD) in a recipient of a lung transplant, at least one -stranded compound independently comprises a structure (A2): (A2) 5’ Nl-(N)X - Z 3’ (antisense strand) 3’ Z’-N2-(N ’)y—z" 5’ (sense strand) wherein each of N2, N and N’ is independently an unmodified or modified ribonucleotide, or an unconventional ; wherein each of (N)x and (N ’)y is an oligonucleotide in which each consecutive N or N’ is joined to the adjacent N or N’ by a nt bond; wherein each of x and y is independently an integer between 17 and 39; wherein the sequence of (N’)y is complementary to the sequence of (N)X and wherein (N)X is complementary to a consecutive sequence in an mRNA selected from an mRNA encoding TLR2 and an mRNA encoding TLR4; wherein N1 is covalently bound to (N)X and is mismatched to the mRNA selected from an mRNA encoding TLR2 and an mRNA encoding TLR4; wherein N1 is a moiety selected from the group consisting of e, modified uridine, ribothymidine, modified ribothymidine, deoxyribothymidine, modified deoxyribothymidine, riboadenine, deoxyriboadenine and modified deoxyriboadenine, wherein z" may be present or absent, but if present is a capping moiety covalently attached at the 5’ terminus ofN2- (N’)y; and wherein each of Z and Z’ is independently present or absent, but if present is independently 1-5 consecutive tides or unconventional moieties or a combination thereof covalently attached at the 3 ’ terminus of the strand in which it is present.
In various embodiments of structure (A2), the mRNA polynucleotide sequence of TLR2 is set forth in SEQ ID NO:1 and the mRNA polynucleotide ce of TLR4 is set forth in any one of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:3 and SEQ ID NO:4.
In some preferred embodiments of structure (A2), X =y=18.
In some embodiments of structure (A2), the sequence of (N)X comprises an antisense strand oligonucleotide ed from the group consisting of oligonucleotides having SEQ ID NOs: 4153 — 5252, 5546 — 5838, 10319 — 12032, and 12085 — 12136 and the sequence of (N’)y comprises a sense strand oligonucleotide selected from the group ting of oligonucleotides having SEQ ID NOs: 3053 — 4152, 5253 — 5545, 8605 — 10318, and 12033 — 12084.
In a second aspect, provided is a method for treating a lung disorder, disease or injury in a patient in need thereof comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically- ive combination of at least one TLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, and at least one TLR4 inhibitor or a ceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, thereby treating the lung er, disease or injury in the patient. In various embodiments, the lung disorder, disease or injury is selected from acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), acute lung injury, pulmonary fibrosis (idiopathic), bleomycin induced pulmonary fibrosis, ical ventilator induced lung injury, chronic obstructive ary disease (COPD), chronic bronchitis, a disorder associated with lung transplantation and emphysema. In some embodiments, the lung disorder, disease or injury is a disorder associated with lung transplantation. In various ments, the lung disorder associated with lung transplantation is selected from the group consisting of inflammation, graft rejection, primary graft failure, ia-reperfilsion , reperfusion injury, reperfusion edema, allograft dysfunction, acute graft ction, pulmonary reimplantation response, bronchiolitis obliterans and primary graft dysfunction (PGD). In one embodiment, the lung disorder associated with lung transplantation is PGD.
In some embodiments of the provided method for treating a lung disorder, disease or injury in a patient in need thereof, the at least one TLR2 inhibitor and the at least one TLR4 inhibitor are co-administered to the recipient in the same formulation. In other embodiments, the at least one TLR2 inhibitor and the at least one TLR4 tor are inistered to the ent in different formulations. In s embodiments, the at least one TLR2 inhibitor and the at least one TLR4 inhibitor are co-administered to the recipient by the same route. In other embodiments, the at least one TLR2 inhibitor and the at least one TLR4 inhibitor are co-administered to the recipient by different . In various embodiments the mode of administration of the at least one TLR2 inhibitor and the at least one TLR4 inhibitor is selected from the group comprising: separate, combined, simultaneous and sequential administration.
In some embodiments, the provided method for treating a lung disorder, disease or injury in a t in need thereof, further comprises at least one additional treatment selected from the group consisting of surgery, steroid y, non-steroid therapy, antiviral therapy, antifungal therapy, antimicrobial therapy, immunosuppressant therapy, anti- infective therapy, anti-hypertensive therapy, ional supplements and any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the additional ent comprises immunosuppressant therapy. In s embodiments, the additional treatment is administered prior to, subsequent to or concomitantly with administering of at least one TLR2 inhibitor and at least one TLR4 inhibitor.
In some embodiments of the provided method for treating a lung disorder, disease or injury in a patient in need f, the administering of at least one TLR2 inhibitor and at least one TLR4 inhibitor to the patient comprises systemic administration or local stration. In various embodiments the method of administration is selected from the group comprising intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intraportal, subcutaneous, direct injection, intratracheal instillation, inhalation, intranasal, pulmonary and administration via pump into the lung. In some embodiments, the method of administration comprises tion. In some embodiments, the method of administration comprises intratracheal instillation. 2012/027169 In some embodiments of the provided method for treating a lung disorder, disease or injury in a patient in need thereof, the at least one TLR2 inhibitor and the at least one TLR4 inhibitor are each inhibitor is independently selected from the group consisting of a small organic molecule, a protein, an antibody or fragment f, a peptide, a peptidomimetic and a nucleic acid molecule. In some ments, at least one inhibitor comprises a nucleic acid molecule. In other ments, each tor comprises a nucleic acid molecule. In various embodiments of the provided method for treating a lung disorder, disease or injury in a patient in need thereof, a first nucleic acid molecule is a -stranded oligonucleotide that binds a nucleotide sequence encoding a TLR2 gene and a second nucleic acid molecule is a -stranded oligonucleotide that binds a nucleotide sequence encoding a TLR4 gene. In some embodiments, the double-stranded ucleotides are linked one to the other in tandem or annealed in RNAistar formation.
In some embodiments of the provided method for treating a lung disorder, disease or injury in a patient in need thereof, the first -stranded oligonucleotide comprises: (a) a sense strand and an antisense strand; (b) each strand is independently 17 to 40 nucleotides in length; (c) a 17 to 40 tide sequence of the antisense strand is complementary to a sequence of an mRNA encoding TLR2; and (d) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the sense strand is complementary to the antisense ; and the second double-stranded oligonucleotide comprises: (a) a sense strand and an antisense strand; (b) each strand is independently 17 to 40 nucleotides in length; (c) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the antisense strand is complementary to a sequence of an mRNA encoding TLR4; and (d) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the sense strand is mentary to the antisense strand.
In various embodiments the mRNA polynucleotide sequence of TLR2 is set forth in SEQ ID NO:l and the mRNA polynucleotide sequence of TLR4 is set forth in any one of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID N03 and SEQ ID NO:4.
In some embodiments, the first double-stranded oligonucleotide and the second double-stranded oligonucleotide are co-administered to the patient in the same formulation.
In other embodiments, the first double-stranded oligonucleotide and the second double- stranded oligonucleotide are co-administered to the patient in different formulations. In some embodiments, the first double-stranded oligonucleotide and the second -stranded oligonucleotide are co-administered to the patient by the same route. In some embodiments, the first double-stranded oligonucleotide and the second double-stranded oligonucleotide are co-administered to the patient by different routes. In various embodiments, the mode of administration of the first double-stranded oligonucleotide and the second -stranded oligonucleotide to the recipient of the lung transplant is selected from the group comprising: separate, combined, simultaneous and tial administration.
In some embodiments, the first double-stranded ucleotide and the second double-stranded oligonucleotide are formulated for administering to the patient once. In other embodiments, the first double-stranded oligonucleotide and the second double-stranded oligonucleotide are ated for administering to the patient at least once-a-day. In other embodiments, the first double-stranded oligonucleotide and the second double-stranded oligonucleotide are formulated for multiple administrations to the patient.
In some embodiments of the provided method for treating a lung er, disease or injury in a patient in need thereof, at least one double-stranded oligonucleotide comprises a structure (Al): (Al) 5 ’ (N)X — Z 3 ’ (antisense strand) 3’ Z’-(N’)y —z" 5’ (sense strand) wherein each of N and N’ is a ribonucleotide which may be unmodified or modified, or an unconventional moiety; wherein each of (N)x and (N ’)y is an oligonucleotide in which each consecutive N or N’ is joined to the next N or N’ by a covalent bond; wherein each of Z and Z’ is independently present or absent, but if present is independently 1-5 consecutive tides or unconventional es or a combination f covalently attached at the 3 ’ terminus of the strand in which it is t. wherein z" may be present or absent, but if present is a capping moiety covalently attached at the 5’ terminus of (N’)y; wherein each of x and y is independently an r between 17 and 40; n the sequence of (N’)y is complementary to the sequence of (N)x; and wherein (N)x comprises an antisense sequence to an mRNA selected from an mRNA encoding TLR2 and an mRNA encoding TLR4.
In various embodiments of structure (Al), the mRNA polynucleotide sequence of TLR2 is set forth in SEQ ID NO:l and the mRNA polynucleotide sequence of TLR4 is set forth in any one of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:3 and SEQ ID NO:4.
In some preferred embodiments of structure (Al), x = y =19.
In some embodiments of structure (Al), (N)X comprises an antisense oligonucleotide ed from the group consisting of oligonucleotides having SEQ ID NOs: 723-1440, 2247-3052, 7076-8312 and 8459-8604 and (N’)y comprises a sense strand oligonucleotide selected from the group consisting of oligonucleotides having SEQ ID NOs: 5 - 722, 1441 - 2246, 5839 — 7075 and 8313 — 8458.
In some ments of the provided method for treating a lung er, disease or injury in a t in need thereof, at least one double-stranded compound comprises a structure (A2): (A2) 5’ Nl-(N)X - Z 3’ (antisense strand) 3’ Z’-N2-(N ’)y—z" 5’ (sense strand) wherein each of N2, N and N’ is independently an unmodified or modified ribonucleotide, or an unconventional moiety; wherein each of (N)x and (N ’)y is an oligonucleotide in which each consecutive N or N’ is joined to the adjacent N or N’ by a covalent bond; n each of x and y is independently an integer between 17 and 39; wherein the sequence of (N’)y is complementary to the ce of (N)X and wherein (N)X is complementary to a consecutive sequence in an mRNA selected from an mRNA encoding TLR2 and an mRNA encoding TLR4; wherein N1 is covalently bound to (N)x and is mismatched to the mRNA selected from an mRNA ng TLR2 and an mRNA encoding TLR4; wherein N1 is a moiety selected from the group consisting of uridine, modified uridine, ribothymidine, modified ribothymidine, deoxyribothymidine, modified deoxyribothymidine, riboadenine, deoxyriboadenine and modified deoxyriboadenine, wherein z" may be present or absent, but if present is a capping moiety covalently ed at the 5’ terminus ofN2- (N’)y; and wherein each of Z and Z’ is independently present or absent, but if present is independently 1-5 consecutive nucleotides or unconventional moieties or a combination thereof covalently attached at the 3 ’ terminus of the strand in which it is present.
In various ments of structure (A2), the mRNA polynucleotide sequence of TLR2 is set forth in SEQ ID NO:1 and the mRNA polynucleotide sequence of TLR4 is set forth in any one of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID N03 and SEQ ID NO:4.
In some preferred embodiments of structure (A2), x =y=18.
In some embodiments of structure (A2), the sequence of (N)X comprises an antisense oligonucleotide selected from the group consisting of oligonucleotides having SEQ ID NOs: 4153 — 5252, 5546 — 5838, 10319 — 12032, and 12085 — 12136 and the sequence of (N’)y comprises a sense ucleotide selected from the group consisting of oligonucleotides having SEQ ID NOs: 3053 — 4152, 5253 — 5545, 8605 — 10318, and 12033 — 12084.
In another , provided is a composition comprising at least one TLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically able salt or prodrug f and at least one TLR4 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In various embodiments, each inhibitor is independently selected from the group consisting of a small organic molecule; a protein, an antibody or nts thereof, a peptide, a peptidomimetic and a nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments, each inhibitor is independently selected from the group ting of a small organic molecule; a protein; an antibody or fragment thereof; and a nucleic acid molecule.
In some embodiments of the provided composition, each inhibitor comprises a nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments a first nucleic acid molecule is a - stranded ucleotide that binds a nucleotide sequence encoding a TLR2 gene and a second nucleic acid molecule is a double-stranded oligonucleotide that binds a nucleotide sequence encoding a TLR4 gene. In some embodiments of the ition the nucleic acid les are linked in tandem or annealed in RNAistar formation.
In some embodiments of the provided composition, a first double-stranded oligonucleotide comprises: (a) a sense strand and an antisense strand; (b) each strand is independently 17 to 40 nucleotides in length; (c) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the antisense strand is complementary to a sequence of an mRNA encoding TLR2; and (d) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the sense strand is complementary to the antisense strand; and a second double-stranded oligonucleotide comprises: (a) a sense strand and an antisense strand; (b) each strand is independently 17 to 40 nucleotides in length; (c) a 17 to 40 tide sequence of the antisense strand is complementary to a sequence of an mRNA encoding TLR4; and (d) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the sense strand is complementary to the antisense strand.
In various embodiments the mRNA cleotide ce of TLR2 is set forth in SEQ ID NO:1 and the mRNA polynucleotide sequence of TLR4 is set forth in any one of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:3 and SEQ ID NO:4.
In some embodiments, the amount of each double-stranded ucleotide in the composition independently ranges from about 0.05 mg to about 10.0 mg.
In some ments of the provided composition, at least one double-stranded oligonucleotide independently comprises a structure (Al): (Al) 5 ’ (N)X — Z 3 ’ (antisense strand) 3’ Z’-(N’)y —z" 5’ (sense strand) wherein each ofN and N’ is a ribonucleotide which may be unmodified or modified, or an entional moiety; wherein each of (N)x and (N’)y is an oligonucleotide in which each consecutive N or N’ is joined to the next N or N’ by a covalent bond; wherein each of Z and Z’ is independently present or absent, but if present is independently 1-5 consecutive nucleotides or unconventional moieties or a ation thereof covalently attached at the 3 ’ terminus of the strand in which it is present. wherein z" may be present or absent, but if present is a capping moiety covalently attached at the 5’ terminus of (N’)y; wherein each of x and y is independently an integer between 17 and 40; wherein the sequence of (N’)y is mentary to the sequence of (N)X; and wherein (N)X comprises an antisense sequence to an mRNA selected from an mRNA encoding TLR2 and an mRNA encoding TLR4.
In various embodiments of the composition, in structure (Al), the mR,\IA polynucleotide sequence of TLR2 is set forth in SEQ ID NO:1 and the mR,\IA polynucleotide sequence of TLR4 is set forth in any one of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID N03 and SEQ ID NO:4.
In some red embodiments of the composition, in structure (Al), x = y =19.
In some embodiments of the ition, at least one double-stranded oligonucleotide compound independently comprises a structure (A2): (A2) 5’ Nl-(N)X - Z 3’ (antisense strand) 3’ Z’-N2-(N’)y-z" 5’ (sense strand) wherein each of N2, N and N’ is ndently an unmodified or modified ribonucleotide, or an unconventional moiety; wherein each of (N)x and (N ’)y is an oligonucleotide in which each consecutive N or N’ is joined to the adjacent N or N’ by a covalent bond; wherein each of x and y is ndently an integer between 17 and 39; wherein the sequence of (N’)y is complementary to the sequence of (N)X and (N)X is mentary to a consecutive sequence in an mRNA ed from an mRNA encoding TLR2 and an mRNA encoding TLR4; wherein N1 is covalently bound to (N)X and is mismatched to an mRNA selected from an mRNA encoding TLR2 and an mRNA encoding TLR4; wherein N1 is a moiety selected from the group consisting of uridine, modified e, ribothymidine, modified ymidine, deoxyribothymidine, modified deoxyribothymidine, riboadenine, deoxyriboadenine and modified deoxyriboadenine, wherein z" may be present or absent, but if present is a capping moiety covalently attached at the 5’ terminus ofN2- (N’)y; and wherein each of Z and Z’ is independently present or absent, but if present is independently 1-5 consecutive nucleotides or unconventional moieties or a combination f covalently attached at the 3 ’ terminus of the strand in which it is present.
In various embodiments of the provided composition, in structure (A2), the mR,\IA polynucleotide ce of TLR2 is set forth in SEQ ID NO:1 and the mR,\IA polynucleotide sequence of TLR4 is set forth in any one of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID N03 and SEQ ID NO:4.
In some preferred embodiments of the provided ition, in structure (A2), x=y=18.
In some embodiments, the provided composition is formulated for administering to the ent once. In other embodiments, the provided composition is formulated for administering to the recipient at least once-a-day. In yet other embodiments, the provided composition is formulated for multiple administrations to the recipient.
In another aspect, provided is a kit comprising at least two therapeutic agents, wherein at least one agent ses a TLR2 tor and a second agent comprises a TLR4 tor; optionally with instructions for use.
In some embodiments of the provided kit, each therapeutic agent is independently selected from the group consisting of a small organic molecule, a protein, an antibody or fragment thereof, a peptide, a peptidomimetic and nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments of the kit, at least one therapeutic agent comprises a nucleic acid molecule. In other embodiments of the provided kit, each therapeutic agent comprises a nucleic acid In some embodiments of the provided kit, a first nucleic acid molecule is a double- ed oligonucleotide that binds a nucleotide sequence encoding a TLR2 gene and a second nucleic acid molecule is a double-stranded oligonucleotide that binds a tide sequence encoding a TLR4 gene. In some embodiments of the, the double stranded oligonucleotides are linked one to the other in tandem or ed in RNAistar formation.
In some embodiments of the ed kit, the first double-stranded oligonucleotide comprises: (a) a sense strand and an nse strand; (b) each strand is independently 17 to 40 nucleotides in length; (c) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the antisense strand is complementary to a sequence of an mRNA encoding TLR24; and (d) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the sense strand is complementary to the nse strand; and the second double-stranded oligonucleotide comprises: (a) a sense strand and an antisense strand; (b) each strand is independently 17 to 40 nucleotides in length; (c) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the antisense strand is complementary to a sequence of an mRNA encoding TLR4; and (d) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the sense strand is complementary to the antisense strand.
In various embodiments of the provided kit, the mRNA polynucleotide sequence of TLR2 is set forth in SEQ ID NO:1 and the mRNA polynucleotide sequence of TLR4 is set forth in any one of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID N03 and SEQ ID NO:4.
In some embodiments of the kit, the first -stranded ucleotide and the second double-stranded ucleotide are formulated for co-administration to a recipient in the same formulation. In other embodiments, the first double-stranded oligonucleotide and the second double-stranded oligonucleotide are co-administered to the t in different formulations. In some embodiments, the first double-stranded oligonucleotide and the second double-stranded oligonucleotide are co-administered to the patient by the same route.
In some embodiments, the first double-stranded oligonucleotide and the second double- stranded oligonucleotide are inistered to the patient by different routes. In various ments, the mode of administration of the first double-stranded oligonucleotide and the second -stranded oligonucleotide to the recipient of the lung transplant is selected from the group comprising: separate, combined, simultaneous and tial administration.
In some embodiments of the provided kit, the first double-stranded oligonucleotide and the second double-stranded oligonucleotide are formulated for administering to the patient once. In other embodiments, the first double-stranded ucleotide and the second double-stranded oligonucleotide are formulated for administering to the patient at least once- a-day. In other ments, the first double-stranded oligonucleotide and the second double-stranded oligonucleotide are formulated for multiple administrations to the patient.
In some embodiments of the provided kit, at least one -stranded oligonucleotide independently comprises a structure (Al): (Al) 5 ’ (N)X — Z 3 ’ (antisense strand) 3’ Z’-(N’)y —z" 5’ (sense strand) wherein each ofN and N’ is a ribonucleotide which may be unmodified or modified, or an unconventional moiety; wherein each of (N)x and (N’)y is an oligonucleotide in which each consecutive N or N’ is joined to the next N or N’ by a covalent bond; wherein each of Z and Z’ is independently present or , but if present is independently l-5 consecutive nucleotides or unconventional moieties or a combination thereof covalently attached at the 3 ’ terminus of the strand in which it is present. wherein z" may be t or absent, but if present is a capping moiety covalently attached at the 5’ us of (N’)y; wherein each of x and y is independently an integer n 17 and 40; wherein the sequence of (N’)y is complementary to the sequence of (N)X; and wherein (N)X comprises an antisense sequence to an mRNA selected from an mRNA ng TLR2 and an mRNA encoding TLR4.
In various embodiments of the provided kit, in structure (Al), the mR,\IA polynucleotide sequence of TLR2 is set forth in SEQ ID NO:1 and the mR,\IA polynucleotide sequence of TLR4 is set forth in any one of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID N03 and SEQ ID NO:4.
In some preferred embodiments of the ed kit, in structure (Al), x = y =19.
In some embodiments of the provided kit, at least one -stranded oligonucleotide independently comprises a structure (A2): (A2) 5’ Nl-(N)X - Z 3’ (antisense strand) 3’ Z’-N2-(N’)y-z" 5’ (sense strand) n each of N2, N and N’ is independently an unmodified or modified ribonucleotide, or an unconventional moiety; wherein each of (N)x and (N ’)y is an oligonucleotide in which each consecutive N or N’ is joined to the nt N or N’ by a covalent bond; n each of x and y is independently an integer between 17 and 39; wherein the sequence of (N’)y is mentary to the sequence of (N)X and (N)X is complementary to a consecutive sequence in an mRNA selected from an mRNA encoding TLR2 and an mRNA encoding TLR4; wherein N1 is covalently bound to (N)X and is mismatched to an mRNA selected from an mRNA encoding TLR2 and an mRNA encoding TLR4; wherein N1 is a moiety selected from the group consisting of uridine, modified e, ribothymidine, modified ribothymidine, deoxyribothymidine, modified deoxyribothymidine, riboadenine, deoxyriboadenine and modified deoxyriboadenine, wherein z" may be present or absent, but if present is a capping moiety covalently attached at the 5’ terminus ofN2— (N’)y; and wherein each of Z and Z’ is independently present or absent, but if present is independently l-5 consecutive tides or unconventional moieties or a combination thereof covalently attached at the 3 ’ terminus of the strand in which it is present.
In various embodiments of the provided kit, in structure (A2), the mRNA polynucleotide sequence of TLR2 is set forth in SEQ ID NO:1 and the mRNA polynucleotide sequence of TLR4 is set forth in any one of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID N03 and SEQ ID NO:4.
In some preferred embodiments of the provided kit, in structure (A2), x =y=18.
In another aspect, provided is a e comprising A) at least two separate dosage units selected from (i) at least one dosage unit sing a TLR2 tor and (ii) at least one dosage unit comprising a TLR4 inhibitor; and optionally B) a package insert comprising instructions for use of the dosage units.
In various embodiments of the provided e, the TLR2 inhibitor is a double- stranded oligonucleotide that binds a nucleotide sequence encoding a TLR2 gene and the TLR4 inhibitor is a double-stranded ucleotide that binds a nucleotide sequence encoding a TLR4 gene.
In some embodiments of the provided package, the TLR2 inhibitor is a double- stranded oligonucleotide comprising: (a) a sense strand and an antisense strand; (b) each strand is independently 17 to 40 nucleotides in length; (c) a 17 to 40 nucleotide ce of the antisense strand is mentary to a sequence of an mRNA encoding TLR2; and (d) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the sense strand is complementary to the antisense ; and the TLR4 inhibitor is a double-stranded oligonucleotide comprising: (a) a sense strand and an nse strand; (b) each strand is independently 17 to 40 nucleotides in ; (c) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the antisense strand is complementary to a sequence of an mRNA encoding TLR4; and (d) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the sense strand is complementary to the antisense strand.
In some embodiments of the provided package, the dosage units are co-administered to a patient by the same route. In other embodiments of the package, the dosage units are co- administration to a patient by different routes. In various embodiments, the mode of administration of the dosage units is selected from the group comprising: separate, combined, simultaneous and sequential stration.
In some embodiments of the provided package, the dosage units are designed for administering to the patient once. In other ments, the dosage units are for administering to the patient at least once-a-day. In other embodiments, the dosage units are for multiple administrations to the patient.
In some embodiments of the provided package, at least one double-stranded oligonucleotide independently comprises a structure (Al): (Al) 5 ’ (N)X — Z 3 ’ (antisense strand) 3’ )y —z" 5’ (sense strand) wherein each ofN and N’ is a ribonucleotide which may be unmodified or d, or an unconventional moiety; wherein each of (N)x and (N ’)y is an oligonucleotide in which each consecutive N or N’ is joined to the next N or N’ by a covalent bond; wherein each of Z and Z’ is ndently present or absent, but if present is independently l-5 consecutive nucleotides or unconventional moieties or a combination f covalently attached at the 3 ’ terminus of the strand in which it is present. wherein z" may be t or absent, but if present is a capping moiety covalently attached at the 5’ us of (N’)y; wherein each of x and y is independently an integer between 17 and 40; wherein the sequence of (N’)y is complementary to the sequence of (N)X; and wherein (N)X comprises an antisense sequence to an mRNA ed from an mRNA encoding TLR2 and an mRNA encoding TLR4.
In some embodiments of the provided package, at least one double-stranded oligonucleotide independently comprises a structure (A2): (A2) 5’ Nl-(N)X - Z 3’ (antisense strand) 3’ Z’-N2-(N’)y-z" 5’ (sense strand) wherein each of N2, N and N’ is independently an unmodified or modified ribonucleotide, or an unconventional ; wherein each of (N)x and (N ’)y is an oligonucleotide in which each consecutive N or N’ is joined to the adjacent N or N’ by a nt bond; wherein each of x and y is independently an integer between 17 and 39; wherein the sequence of (N’)y is complementary to the sequence of (N)X and (N)X is complementary to a consecutive ce in an mRNA selected from an mRNA encoding TLR2 and an mRNA encoding TLR4; wherein N1 is covalently bound to (N)X and is mismatched to an mRNA selected from an mRNA encoding TLR2 and an mRNA encoding TLR4; wherein N1 is a moiety selected from the group consisting of e, modified uridine, ribothymidine, modified ribothymidine, deoxyribothymidine, modified deoxyribothymidine, riboadenine, deoxyriboadenine and modified deoxyriboadenine, wherein z" may be present or absent, but if present is a capping moiety covalently attached at the 5’ terminus ofN2— (N’)y; and wherein each of Z and Z’ is independently present or absent, but if present is independently 1-5 consecutive tides or unconventional moieties or a combination thereof covalently ed at the 3 ’ terminus of the strand in which it is present.
In various embodiments of the provided kit or the provided package, the instructions or e insert indicates that the therapeutic agents or dosage units are suitable for use in treating a patient suffering from a lung disease, injury or disorder selected from the group consisting of acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), acute lung injury, pulmonary fibrosis (idiopathic), bleomycin d pulmonary fibrosis, mechanical ventilation induced lung injury, c obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), chronic bronchitis, a disorder associated with lung transplantation and ema. In some embodiments of the provided kit or the provided package, the instructions or package insert indicate that the therapeutic agents or dosage units are suitable for use in treating a patient suffering from a disorder associated with lung transplantation.
. In some embodiments of the provided kit or the provided package, the lung er associated with lung transplantation is selected from the group consisting of inflammation, graft ion, primary graft e, ischemia-reperfilsion injury, usion , reperfusion edema, allograft dysfunction, acute graft dysfunction, pulmonary reimplantation response, bronchiolitis obliterans and primary graft dysfunction (PGD).
In another aspect, provided is a method of ting or reducing the symptoms of primary graft dysfunction (PGD) in a recipient of a lung lant, comprising administering to the recipient a therapeutically-effective amount of at least one TLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, thereby preventing or reducing the symptoms ofPGD in the recipient.
In some ments of the provided method, the recipient of a lung transplant is a human that is being treated for primary graft dysfunction (PGD). In some embodiments, the method is for preventing or reducing the symptoms of cold ischemia-associated PGD. In other embodiments the method is for preventing or reducing the symptoms of warm ischemia-associated PGD. In various embodiments of the provided method, the symptoms are selected from the group consisting of inflammation, acute graft rejection, graft rejection, ischemia-reperfusion injury, reperfusion , impaired pulmonary function, bronchiolitis obliterans, impaired blood oxygenation, increased inflammatory cytokine production, intra- graft and intra-airway accumulation of granulocytes, pulmonary edema and hypoxemia.
In some embodiments of the provided method, the administration of a therapeutically-effective amount of at least one TLR2 inhibitor or a ceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, results in one or more of the following: reduced pulmonary edema, increased blood oxygenation, preserved blood oxygenation, ed pulmonary filnction, preserved pulmonary fianction in the recipient of a lung transplant and improved pulmonary fianction of the transplanted lung.
In various embodiments of the provided method, the at least one TLR2 inhibitor is administered to the recipient of a lung transplant prior to, during or following the lung transplantation.
In various embodiments the provided method of preventing or reducing the symptoms of primary graft dysfunction (PGD) in a recipient of a lung transplant, further ses at least one additional treatment ed from the group consisting of y, steroid therapy, non-steroid therapy, antiviral y, antifiangal therapy, antimicrobial therapy, immunosuppressant therapy, anti-infective therapy, anti-hypertensive therapy, nutritional supplements and any combination thereof. In various embodiments, the additional treatment is administered prior to, uent to or concomitantly with administering of at least one TLR2 inhibitor. In some ments, the additional ent comprises immunosuppressant therapy.
In various embodiments of the provided method, the route of administration of at least one TLR2 inhibitor is selected from: ic administration or local administration.
In various embodiments, the method of administration of at least one TLR2 inhibitor to the ent of a lung transplant is selected from the group comprising: intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intraportal, subcutaneous, direct injection, intratracheal instillation, inhalation, intranasal, pulmonary and administration via pump into the lung. In some embodiments, at least one TLR2 inhibitor is administered to the recipient of a lung transplant by inhalation. In another embodiments, at least one TLR2 inhibitor is administered to the ent of a lung transplant by racheal instillation.
In various embodiments of the ed method of preventing or reducing the symptoms of primary graft dysfilnction (PGD) in a recipient of a lung transplant, the at least one TLR2 inhibitor is selected from the group ting of a small organic molecule, a n, an antibody or fragment thereof, a peptide, a peptidomimetic and a nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments, at least one inhibitor comprises a nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments, the nucleic acid molecule is a -stranded oligonucleotide that binds a nucleotide sequence encoding a TLR2 gene.
In various embodiments of the provided method of preventing or reducing the symptoms of primary graft dysfunction (PGD) in a recipient of a lung transplant, the double- ed oligonucleotide comprises: (a) a sense strand and an antisense ; (b) each strand is independently 17 to 40 nucleotides in length; (c) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the antisense strand is complementary to a sequence of an mRNA encoding TLR2; and (d) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the sense strand is complementary to the antisense strand.
In various ments of the provided method, the -stranded oligonucleotide is formulated for administering to the recipient once. In some embodiments of the provided method, the double-stranded oligonucleotide is formulated for administering to the recipient at least once-a-day. In yet other embodiments, the double-stranded ucleotide is formulated for multiple administrations to the recipient.
In various embodiments of the ed method, the double-stranded oligonucleotide comprises a structure (A1): (A1) 5 ’ (N)X — Z 3 ’ (antisense strand) 3’ Z’-(N’)y —z" 5’ (sense strand) wherein each of N and N’ is a ribonucleotide which may be unmodified or modified, or an unconventional moiety; n each of (N)x and (N ’)y is an oligonucleotide in which each consecutive N or N’ is joined to the next N or N’ by a covalent bond; wherein each of Z and Z’ is independently present or absent, but if present is independently 1-5 utive nucleotides or unconventional moieties or a combination thereof covalently attached at the 3 ’ terminus of the strand in which it is present. wherein z" may be present or absent, but if present is a capping moiety covalently ed at the 5’ terminus of (N’)y; wherein each of x and y is independently an r between 17 and 40; wherein the sequence of (N’)y is complementary to the sequence of (N)x; and wherein (N)x comprises an antisense sequence to an mRNA encoding TLR2.
In various embodiments of the ed method, in ure (A1), the mRNA polynucleotide sequence of TLR2 is set forth in SEQ ID NO: 1.
In some preferred embodiments of the provided method, in ure (A1), x = y =19.
In s embodiments of the provided method, in structure (A1), (N)x comprises an antisense oligonucleotide present in SEQ ID NOs: 723-1440 and 2247-3052 and (N’)y comprises a sense strand oligonucleotide present in SEQ ID NOs: 5 — 722 and 1441 - 2246.
In various embodiments of the provided method, the double-stranded compound comprises a structure (A2): (A2) 5’ N1-(N)X - Z 3’ ense strand) 3’ Z’-N2-(N ’)y—z" 5’ (sense strand) wherein each of N2, N and N’ is independently an unmodified or modified ribonucleotide, or an unconventional ; wherein each of (N)x and (N ’)y is an oligonucleotide in which each consecutive N or N’ is joined to the adjacent N or N’ by a covalent bond; wherein each of x and y is independently an integer between 17 and 39; wherein the sequence of (N’)y is complementary to the sequence of (N)X and n (N)X is complementary to a consecutive sequence in an mRNA encoding TLR2; wherein N1 is covalently bound to (N)X and is mismatched to the mRNA encoding TLR2; wherein N1 is a moiety selected from the group consisting of uridine, d uridine, ribothymidine, modified ribothymidine, deoxyribothymidine, modified deoxyribothymidine, riboadenine, deoxyriboadenine and modified deoxyriboadenine, wherein z" may be present or absent, but if present is a capping moiety covalently attached at the 5’ terminus ofN2- (N’)y; and wherein each of Z and Z’ is ndently present or absent, but if present is ndently 1-5 consecutive nucleotides or unconventional moieties or a combination thereof ntly attached at the 3 ’ terminus of the strand in which it is present.
In s embodiments of the provided method, in structure (A2), the mRNA polynucleotide sequence of TLR2 is set forth in SEQ ID NO:1 ] In some preferred embodiments of the provided method, in structure (A2), x=y=18.
In s embodiments of the provided method, in structure (A2), the sequence of (N)X is selected from anyone of SEQ ID NOs: 4153 — 5252 and 5546 — 5838 and the sequence of (N’)y is selected from anyone of SEQ ID NOs: 3053 — 4152 and 5253 — 5545.
In various embodiments of the provided method, administration of the at least one double-stranded oligonucleotide that binds a nucleotide sequence encoding a TLR2 gene results in down-regulation of TLR2 expression.
In r aspect provided is a kit or package comprising at least one dosage unit comprising a TLR2 inhibitor; ally with instructions for use, wherein the instructions indicate that the dosage unit is suitable for use in treating a patient suffering from a lung disease, injury or disorder selected from the group consisting of respiratory distress syndrome , acute lung injury, pulmonary fibrosis (idiopathic), bleomycin induced pulmonary fibrosis, mechanical ventilator induced lung injury, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), chronic bronchitis, a disorder associated with lung transplantation and ema.
In some embodiments the provided kit or package are for use in treating a t ing from a disorder associated with lung transplantation.
WO 18910 In various embodiments of the provided kit or package, the TLR2 inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of a small organic molecule, a protein, an antibody or fragment thereof, a peptide, a peptidomimetic and nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments of the kit or package, the TLR2 inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of a small c molecule, a protein; an antibody or fragment thereof; and a nucleic acid molecule. In other embodiments of the kit or package, the TLR2 inhibitor comprises a nucleic acid molecule.
In some embodiments of the provided kit or package, the nucleic acid molecule is a double-stranded ucleotide that binds a nucleotide sequence encoding a TLR2 gene. In some ments of he kit or e, the double-stranded oligonucleotide comprises: (a) a sense strand and an antisense strand; (b) each strand is independently 17 to 40 nucleotides in length; (c) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the nse strand is complementary to a sequence of an mRNA encoding TLR2; and (d) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the sense strand is complementary to the antisense .
In some embodiments of the provided kit or package, the double-stranded ucleotide is formulated for administering to the patient once. In some embodiments, the double-stranded oligonucleotide is formulated for administering to the patient at least once-a-day. In some embodiments of the ed kit or package, the -stranded oligonucleotide is formulated for multiple administrations to the patient.
In some embodiments of the provided kit or package, the double-stranded oligonucleotide comprises a structure (A1): (A1) 5 ’ (N)X — Z 3 ’ (antisense ) 3’ Z’-(N’)y —z" 5’ (sense strand) wherein each ofN and N’ is a ribonucleotide which may be unmodified or modified, or an unconventional moiety; wherein each of (N)x and (N’)y is an oligonucleotide in which each consecutive N or N’ is joined to the next N or N’ by a covalent bond; wherein each of Z and Z’ is independently present or absent, but if t is independently l-5 consecutive nucleotides or unconventional moieties or a combination thereof covalently ed at the 3 ’ terminus of the strand in which it is present. wherein z" may be present or absent, but if present is a capping moiety covalently attached at the 5’ terminus of (N’)y; wherein each of x and y is independently an integer between 17 and 40; wherein the sequence of (N’)y is complementary to the sequence of (N)X; and wherein (N)X comprises an antisense sequence to an mRNA encoding TLR2.
In some embodiments of the provided kit or package, the double-stranded oligonucleotide comprises a structure (A2): (A2) 5’ Nl-(N)X - Z 3’ ense ) 3’ Z’-N2-(N’)y-z" 5’ (sense strand) wherein each of N2, N and N’ is independently an unmodified or modified ribonucleotide, or an unconventional moiety; wherein each of (N)x and (N’)y is an oligonucleotide in which each consecutive N or N’ is joined to the adjacent N or N’ by a covalent bond; wherein each of x and y is independently an integer between 17 and 39; n the sequence of (N’)y is mentary to the sequence of (N)X and (N)X is complementary to a consecutive ce in an mRNA encoding TLR2; wherein N1 is covalently bound to (N)X and is mismatched to an mRNA encoding TLR2; wherein N1 is a moiety selected from the group consisting of uridine, modified uridine, ribothymidine, modified ymidine, deoxyribothymidine, modified deoxyribothymidine, riboadenine, deoxyriboadenine and modified deoxyriboadenine, wherein z" may be present or absent, but if t is a capping moiety ntly attached at the 5’ terminus ofN2- (N’)y; and wherein each of Z and Z’ is independently present or absent, but if present is ndently l-5 consecutive nucleotides or unconventional moieties or a combination thereof ntly attached at the 3 ’ terminus of the strand in which it is present.
In some embodiments, the provided kit or package is for use in treating a patient suffering from a disorder associated with lung transplantation. In s embodiments the disorder associated with lung lantation is selected from the group consisting of inflammation, graft ion, primary graft failure, ischemia-reperfusion injury, reperfusion injury, usion edema, allograft ction, acute graft dysfunction, pulmonary reimplantation response, bronchiolitis obliterans and primary graft dysfianction (PGD).
In another aspect provided is a use of a composition comprising at least one TLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof and at least one TLR4 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the preparation of a medicament for treating or preventing or reducing the symptoms of primary graft dysfunction (PGD) in a ent of a lung transplant.
In another aspect provided is a use of a composition comprising at least one TLR2 tor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof and at least one TLR4 tor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable r, for treating or ting or ng the symptoms of primary graft dysfunction (PGD) in a recipient of a lung transplant.
In various embodiments of the provided use, the recipient of a lung lant is a human that is being treated for primary graft dysfunction (PGD). In some embodiments, the use is for preventing or reducing the ms of cold ischemia-associated PGD. In other embodiments, the use is for preventing or reducing the symptoms of warm ischemia- associated PGD.
In various embodiments of the use, the symptoms are selected from the group ting of inflammation, acute graft rejection, graft rejection, ischemia-reperfusion injury, reperfiJsion injury, impaired ary function, bronchiolitis obliterans, impaired blood oxygenation, increased inflammatory cytokine production, intra-graft and intra-airway accumulation of granulocytes, pulmonary edema and hypoxemia.
In another aspect provided is a use of a composition comprising at least one TLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof and at least one TLR4 inhibitor or a ceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the preparation of a medicament for treating or preventing a lung disease, disorder or injury selected from acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), acute lung injury, pulmonary fibrosis (idiopathic), bleomycin induced pulmonary is, mechanical ventilator induced lung injury, chronic ctive pulmonary disease (COPD), chronic bronchitis, and emphysema.
In another aspect provided is a use of a composition comprising at least one TLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or g thereof and at least one TLR4 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof; and a ceutically acceptable carrier, for treating or preventing a lung disease, disorder or injury selected from acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), acute lung injury, pulmonary fibrosis (idiopathic), bleomycin induced pulmonary fibrosis, ical ventilator induced lung injury, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), chronic bronchitis, and emphysema. [00126a] Definitions of the specific embodiments of the invention as claimed herein follow. [00126b] ing to a first embodiment of the invention, there is provided use of a combination of at least one nucleic acid TLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one nucleic acid TLR4 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in the manufacture of a ment for treating a lung disorder, a lung e or a lung injury. [00126c] According to a second embodiment of the invention, there is ed use of a combination of at least one nucleic acid TLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one c acid TLR4 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically able salt thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for simultaneous, separate or sequential use in treating a lung disorder, a lung disease or a lung injury.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES Fig. 1 shows that combined administration of a double-stranded RNA ) specific for TLR2, at a dose of 25 μg/mouse and a -stranded RNA ) specific for TLR4, at a dose of 25 μg/mouseefficiently d post-transplantation lung edema and hemorrhages in the transplanted mouse lung. Photographs of the recipient's lung were taken at 24 hours after orthotopic lung transplantation. Left: dsRNA combination (combination of dsRNA specific for TLR2 and dsRNA specific for TLR4, each at 25 μg/mouse (identified in the figure as "siRNA cocktail, 25μg")) was administered at the end of lung transplantation surgery (immediately after anastomosis opening), by intratracheal instillation to the recipient. Right: vehicle. Arrows: prominent hemorrhages.
Fig. 2 shows that dual target dsRNA combination, targeting TLR2 and TLR4 genes (3rd and 4th columns), restored pulmonary function in the recipient's lung. ation of the arterial blood in mice was measured at 24 h after lung transplantation and dsRNA administration. Administration of a single dsRNA targeting TLR2 (5th and 6th columns), was also icantly effective in preserving pulmonary function. While administration of a single dsRNA targeting TLR4 (8th and 9th columns), was not effective in preserving pulmonary function. Control groups were composed of (i) mice that were administered with vehicle al negative control, 2nd column), and (ii) mice that [Text continues on page 34.] underwent lung transplantation (TX) after only 1 hour of cold vation (1 hour cold ia time (CIT)) (reperfusion control, 1St column).
Fig. 3 shows that dual target dsRNA ation, targeting TLR2 and TLR4 genes (columns 4-6), restored pulmonary function in the recipient’s lung. Oxygenation of the arterial blood in mice was measured at 24 h after lung transplantation and dsRNA administration. Negative control groups were composed of normal (intact) mice (general negative control, column 1), as well as mice that underwent lung transplantation (TX) after only 1 hour of cold preservation (1 hour cold ischemia time (CIT)) (reperfusion control, column 2) and mice that were treated with a e (18 hour cold ischemia time (CIT), column 3).
Figure 4 shows that a combination of dsRNA specific for TLR2 and dsRNA specific for TLR4 (TLR2_4_S73 and _S.500) (column 3), as well as an indiVidual treatment comprising dsRNA specific for TLR2 (TLR2_4_S73) (columns 4-6), diminishes intra-airway accumulation of ocytes in the BAL obtained from transplanted lungs. At 24 h after lung transplantation, BAL was ted from all the mice. Total amount of cells, as well as amounts of different cell populations (neutrophils, lymphocytes, monocytes, eosinophils, basophils) were measured by FACS. Differential cell counts are presented as fractions of total cell counts.
] Figure 5 shows that treatment with a combination of dsRNA specific for TLR2 and dsRNA specific for TLR4 (TLR2_4_S73 and TLR4_4_S.500 (identified in the figure as "siRNA cocktail")) diminished abundance of raft IFNy+ CD8+ T cells on day 7 post allogeneic transplantation. (A). FACS demonstrating representative percent abundance of intragraft IFNy+ CD8+ T cells (N>6); (B) Plotted percent abundance of intragraft IFNy+ CD8+ T cells.
Figure 6 shows that treatment with a combination of dsRNA specific for TLR2 and dsRNA specific for TLR4 (TLR2_4_S73 and _S.500) on days 0 and 1, significantly reduced histopathological signs of acute graft rejection in co-stimulation blockade — treated 1h CIT or 18H CIT Balb/c -> B6 transplants, treated intratracheally with either control dsRNA (EGFP_5_S763), or a combination of dsRNA specific for TLR2 and dsRNA specific for TLR4 (TLR2_4_S73 and TLR4_4_S.500) (identified as "siRNA cocktail"). (A.) Representative histopathological images (HE) of the ent lungs on day 7 post allogeneic lung transplantation. (B). Rejection scores evaluated by board-certified lung transplant pathologist in a blinded fashion. The scoring system is typically used in the clinic, as follows: Grade A0 (none), Grade Al (minimal), Grade A2 (mild), Grade A3 ate) and Grade A4 (severe).
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE ION The present disclosures relate in part to a method for treating a lung disorder, e or injury in a mammal in need thereof. The method may include administering to the mammal at least one therapeutic agents selected from a TLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or g thereof; in an amount effective to treat the mammal. The method may include administering to the mammal at least two therapeutic agents wherein at least one therapeutic agent s the TLR2 gene or gene t and at least one therapeutic agent targets the TLR4 gene or gene product. In some embodiments the therapeutic agents include: (i) a TLR2 inhibitor or a ceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, and (ii) a TLR4 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically able salt or prodrug thereof; in amounts effective to treat the lung disorder, disease or injury in the mammal. The present disclosures also relate to combinations, itions, kits and packages that include the eutic agents.
In some embodiments, methods may include administering to the mammal at least one eutic agents in an amount sufficient to reduce expression and/or to t function of TLR2 gene. In some embodiments methods may include stering to the mammal a combination of at least two therapeutic agents or a combined therapeutic agent in an amount sufficient to reduce expression and/or to inhibit function of both a TLR2 gene and a TLR4 gene. In certain embodiments the lung disease or injury is selected from the group consisting of acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), acute lung injury, pulmonary fibrosis (idiopathic), bleomycin induced pulmonary fibrosis, mechanical ventilator induced lung injury, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), chronic bronchitis, emphysema, lung transplantation-induced acute graft dysfunction and bronchiolitis obliterans after lung transplantation. In certain embodiments, provided are compositions and methods for combination therapy for treating or preventing inflammation and/or graft rejection associated with organ lantation, in particular lung transplantation, including ent, prevention or attenuation of progression of primary graft failure, ischemia-reperfusion injury, reperfilsion injury, reperfusion edema, allograft dysfunction, pulmonary reimplantation response, bronchiolitis obliterans after lung transplantation and/or primary graft dysfianction (PGD) after organ lantation, in particular in lung transplantation.
In some embodiments the at least one eutic agent is a TLR2 inhibitor.
In some embodiments the at least two therapeutic agents are a TLR2 inhibitor and a TLR4 inhibitor. In some embodiments the at least two therapeutic agents are co-administered, e. g. concomitantly or in sequence. In other embodiments, the at least two therapeutic agents are administered in a pharmaceutical composition sing a combination thereof. In some embodiments the therapeutic agent is a combined inhibitor by which it is meant a single agent which is capable of egulating the expression and/or actiVity of both gene TLR2 and gene TLR4 and/or gene products thereof. Non-limiting examples of such single agents are tandem and multi-armed RNAi molecules disclosed in PCT Patent Publication No. WO 2007/091269.
] In one embodiment the method comprises administering a therapeutically ive amount of a therapeutic agent, which targets TLR2.
In some embodiments the method comprises administering (a) a therapeutically effective amount of a first therapeutic agent, which targets TLR2 and (b) a therapeutically effective amount of a second therapeutic agent, which targets TLR4.
In one embodiment the method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a combined inhibitor, which targets both TLR2 and TLR4.
In some embodiments the therapeutic agent is a TLR2 inhibitor. In some ments the therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of a small organic molecule chemical compound; a protein; an antibody or fragment thereof; a peptide; a peptidomimetic and a nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments at least one therapeutic agent is a nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments the therapeutic agent comprises a nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments the nucleic acid le is independently selected from the group ting of an antisense molecule, a short interfering nucleic acid (siNA), short interfering RNA (siRNA), double-stranded RNA (dsRNA), micro-RNA (miRNA) or short hairpin RNA (shRNA) that bind a tide ce (such as an mR.\IA sequence) encoding the gene TLR2 for example the mRNA coding sequence for human TLR2 exemplified by SEQ ID NO:1 (gil68160956|reflNM_003264.3|).
In some embodiments the at least two therapeutic agents are a TLR2 inhibitor and a TLR4 inhibitor. In some embodiments each eutic agent is independently selected from the group consisting of a small organic molecule; a protein; an antibody or fragment thereof; a peptide; a peptidomimetic and a nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments at least one eutic agent is a nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments each therapeutic agent comprises a nucleic acid molecule.
In some embodiments each nucleic acid molecule is independently selected from the group ting of an antisense molecule, a short interfering nucleic acid (siNA), short interfering RNA (siRNA), double-stranded RNA (dsRNA), micro-RNA (miRNA) or short hairpin RNA (shRNA) that bind a nucleotide sequence (such as an mRNA sequence) encoding a target gene selected from TLR2 and TLR4, for example: the mRNA coding sequence for human TLR2 exemplified by SEQ ID NO:1 or the mRNA coding sequence for human TLR4 exemplified by SEQ ID NOs:2-4. In various embodiments each nucleic acid molecule is a dsRNA molecule or a siRNA molecule.
] In various embodiments each therapeutic agent ses a nucleic acid molecule, wherein: (a) the nucleic acid molecule es a sense strand and an antisense strand; (b) each strand of the nucleic acid molecule is independently 17 to 40 nucleotides in length; ] (c) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the antisense strand is complementary to a sequence of an mRNA selected from an mRNA encoding TLR2 (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1) or an mRNA encoding TLR4 (e.g., SEQ ID NOs: 2-4); and (d) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the sense strand is complementary to the antisense strand and es a 17 to 40 tide sequence of a mRNA selected from a mRNA ng TLR2 (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1) and an mRNA encoding TLR4 (e.g., SEQ ID NOs: 2-4).
In various embodiments each therapeutic agent ses a nucleic acid le having a structure (A1): (A1) 5’ (N)X — Z 3’ (antisense strand) 3’ Z’-(N’)y —z" 5’ (sense strand) wherein each of N and N’ is a ribonucleotide which may be unmodified or modified, or an unconventional moiety; wherein each of (N)X and (N’)y is an oligonucleotide in which each consecutive N or N’ is joined to the next N or N’ by a covalent bond; wherein each of Z and Z’ is independently present or , but if present is independently 1-5 consecutive nucleotides or unconventional moieties or a combination thereof covalently attached at the 3 ’ terminus of the strand in which it is present. wherein z" may be present or absent, but if present is a capping moiety covalently attached at the 5’ terminus of (N ’)y; wherein each of x and y is independently an integer between 17 and 40; ] wherein the sequence of (N’)y is mentary to the sequence of (N)X; and wherein (N)X ses an antisense sequence to an mRNA selected from an mRNA encoding TLR2 and an mRNA ng TLR4.
In some embodiments the sequence of TLR2 mRNA is set forth in SEQ ID NO:1. In various embodiments the sense and nse strands of the TLR2 siRNA ucleotides are selected from the sense strand sequences set forth in SEQ ID NOs: 5- 722; 1441-2246; 152; and 5253-5545 and antisense strand sequences set forth in SEQ ID NOs: 723-1440; 2247-3052; 4153-5252 and 5546-5838. In some embodiments the sequence of TLR4 mRNA is set forth in SEQ ID NO:2; SEQ ID NO:3 or SEQ ID NO:4. In various embodiments the sense and antisense s of the TLR4 siRNA oligonucleotides are selected from the sense strand sequences set forth in SEQ ID NOs: 5839-7075, 8313- 8458, 8605-10318, 12033-12084 and antisense strand sequences set forth in SEQ ID NOs: 7076-8312, 8459-8604, 10319-12032, 12085-12136.
In some embodiments (N)X of the double-stranded oligonucleotide compound comprises an antisense oligonucleotide present in SEQ ID NOs: 723-1440, 2247-3052, 4153-5252, 838, 7076-8312, 8459-8604, 10319-12032, 12085-12136. In some embodiments the sequence of (N ’)y is partially complementary to the sequence of (N)x. In some embodiments the sequence of (N ’)y is substantially complementary to the sequence of (N)X. In some embodiments the sequence of (N ’)y is fully complementary to the sequence of (N)X. In some embodiments (N)X of the -stranded oligonucleotide compound WO 18910 comprises an antisense oligonucleotide present in double-stranded RNA compounds identified as TLR2_4, TLR2_7 or TLR4_4.
In some embodiments of the double-stranded oligonucleotide compound x=y=19. In various embodiments both Z and Z’ are present in the double-stranded oligonucleotide nd. In various embodiments both Z and Z’ are absent in the double- stranded oligonucleotide compound; i.e. the double-stranded compound is blunt ended on both ends. In some embodiments at least one of Z or Z’ is t in said double-stranded oligonucleotide compound.
In some embodiments Z or Z’ is independently an unconventional moiety selected from an abasic deoxyribose moiety, an abasic ribose moiety an inverted abasic deoxyribose moiety, an ed abasic ribose moiety; a C3 moiety, a C4 moiety, a C5 , an amino-6 moiety. In some red ments Z or Z’ is independently selected from a C3 moiety and an amino-C6 moiety.
In some embodiments at least one of N or N’ in the double-stranded oligonucleotide compound comprises a 2’ sugar modified ribonucleotide. In some embodiments the 2’ sugar modification comprises the presence of an amino, a fluoro, an alkoxy or an alkyl moiety. In some preferred embodiments 2’ sugar modification comprises the presence of an alkoxy moiety, preferably the alkoxy moiety comprises a 2’-O-Methyl moiety.
In some embodiments of the double-stranded oligonucleotide compound, (N)x comprises ating 2’-O-Methyl sugar modified ribonucleotides and fied ribonucleotides. In certain embodiments, (N)x comprises at least 5 alternating ethyl sugar modified and unmodified ribonucleotides. In some embodiments, (N)X comprises 2’- O-Methyl sugar modified ribonucleotides at positions 2, 4, 6, 8, 11, 13, 15, 17 and 19. In some embodiments, (N)X comprises 2’-O-Methyl sugar d ribonucleotides at positions 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17 and 19. In some embodiments, (N)x comprises 2’-O-Methyl sugar modified pyrimidine ribonucleotides. In some embodiments, all dine ribonucleotides in (N)x comprise ethyl sugar modified pyrimidine ribonucleotides.
In some embodiments, (N)X comprises at least one unconventional moiety selected from a mirror nucleotide and a nucleotide joined to an adjacent nucleotide by a 2’-5’ intemucleotide phosphate bond. In some embodiments, the unconventional moiety in (N)x is a mirror tide. In some embodiments, the mirror nucleotide in (N)X is an L- deoxyribonucleotide (L-DNA). In various embodiments, (N)x comprises an L-DNA moiety at position 6 or 7 (5’>3’).
In some embodiments, (N’)y comprises at least one unconventional moiety selected from a mirror nucleotide and a nucleotide joined to an nt nucleotide by a 2’-5’ cleotide phosphate bond. In some embodiments, the unconventional moiety in (N’)y is a mirror nucleotide. In some embodiments, the mirror nucleotide in (N’)y is an L- deoxyribonucleotide (L-DNA). In some embodiments, (N’)y consists of unmodified ribonucleotides at ons 1-17 and 19 and one L-DNA at the 3’ penultimate position (position 18). In some embodiments, (N’)y ts of unmodified ribonucleotides at position 1-16 and 19 and two consecutive L-DNA at the 3’ penultimate positions (positions 17 and 18). In some embodiments the unconventional moiety in (N’)y is a nucleotide joined to an adjacent nucleotide by a 2’-5’ intemucleotide phosphate linkage. In some embodiments, in (N’)y the nucleotide joined to an adjacent tide by a 2’-5’ intemucleotide phosphate linkage further comprises a 3’-O-Methyl (3’O-Me) sugar modification.
In various embodiments the therapeutic agent is a double-stranded oligonucleotide compound having a structure (A2) set forth below: ] (A2) 5’ N1-(N)X - Z 3’ (antisense strand) 3’ (N’)y-z" 5’ (sense strand) wherein each of N2, N and N’ is independently an unmodified or modified ribonucleotide, or an unconventional ; wherein each of (N)X and (N’)y is an oligonucleotide in which each consecutive N or N’ is joined to the adjacent N or N’ by a nt bond; wherein each of x and y is ndently an integer between 17 and 39; wherein the sequence of (N ’)y is complementary to the sequence of (N)x and (N)X is complementary to a consecutive sequence in an mRNA selected from an mRNA encoding TLR2 (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1) and an mRNA encoding TLR4 (e.g., SEQ ID NOs: 2- wherein N1 is covalently bound to (N)X and is mismatched to an mRNA selected from an mRNA encoding TLR2 (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1) and an mRNA encoding TLR4 (e.g., SEQ ID NOs: 2-4); wherein N1 is a moiety selected from the group consisting of uridine, modified uridine, ribothymidine, modified ribothymidine, ibothymidine, modified deoxyribothymidine, riboadenine, deoxyriboadenine and modified deoxyriboadenine, n z" may be present or absent, but if present is a capping moiety covalently ed at the 5’ terminus ofN2- (N’)y; and wherein each of Z and Z’ is independently present or absent, but if present is independently 1-5 consecutive nucleotides or unconventional moieties or a combination f covalently attached at the 3 ’ terminus of the strand in which it is present.
In some embodiments of the double-stranded oligonucleotide compound according to Structure (A)2, x =y=18.
In some embodiments (N)X is complementary to a consecutive sequence in SEQ ID NO:1 (human TLR2 mRNA). In some embodiments (N)x includes an antisense oligonucleotide selected from any one of SEQ ID NOs: 4153-5252 and 5546-5838. In some ments x=y=18 and x includes an antisense oligonucleotide selected from any one of SEQ ID NOs: 723-1440 and 2247-3052. In some embodiments x=y=19 or x=y=20.
In certain preferred embodiments X =y=18.
In some ments (N)X is mentary to a consecutive sequence in SEQ ID NO:2 (human TLR4, transcript t 4, non-coding RNA) or SEQ ID NO:3 (human TLR4, transcript variant 1, mRNA) or SEQ ID NO:4 (human TLR4, transcript variant 3, non-coding RNA). In some embodiments (N)x includes an antisense oligonucleotide selected from any one of SEQ ID NOs: 12032 and 12085-12136. In some embodiments x=y=l8 and Nl-(N)X includes an antisense oligonucleotide ed from any one of SEQ ID NOs: 7076-8312 and 8459-8604. In some embodiments x=y=l9 or x=y=20. In certain preferred embodiments X =y=18.
In some embodiments N1 and N2 form a Watson-Crick base pair. In other embodiments N1 and N2 form a non-Watson-Crick base pair. In some embodiments N1 is a modified riboadenosine or a modified ribouridine.
In certain embodiments N1 is selected from the group consisting of riboadenosine, modified riboadenosine, deoxyriboadenosine, modified deoxyriboadenosine.
In other embodiments N1 is selected from the group consisting of ribouridine, deoxyribouridine, d ribouridine, and modified deoxyribouridine.
In certain embodiments, N1 is selected from the group consisting of riboadenosine, modified riboadenosine, deoxyriboadenosine, modified deoxyriboadenosine and N2 is selected from the group ting of ribouridine, deoxyribouridine, modified idine, and modified deoxyribouridine. In certain embodiments N1 is ed from the group ting of riboadenosine and modified riboadenosine and N2 is selected from the group consisting of ribouridine and modified ribouridine.
In certain embodiments, N2 is selected from the group consisting of riboadenosine, modified riboadenosine, deoxyriboadenosine, modified deoxyriboadenosine and N1 is selected from the group ting of ribouridine, deoxyribouridine, modified idine, and d deoxyribouridine. In certain ments, N1 is selected from the group consisting of ribouridine and modified ribouridine and N2 is selected from the group consisting of riboadenine and modified riboadenine. In certain embodiments, N1 is ribouridine and N2 is riboadenine.
In some embodiments of (A2), (N)X is selected from any one of SEQ ID NOs: 4153-5252 and 5546-5838 and (N’)y is a substantially complementary sequence selected from SEQ ID NOs: 3053-4152 and 5253-5545. In some embodiments of (A2), (N)X is selected from any one of SEQ ID NOs: 10319-12032 and 12085-12136 and (N’)y is a substantially complementary sequence selected from SEQ ID NOs: 8605-10318 and 12033- 12084. In some ments the sequence of (N’)y is partially complementary to the sequence of (N)X. In some embodiments the sequence of (N ’)y is fully complementary to the sequence of (N)X. In some embodiments, (N)X of the double-stranded oligonucleotide compound comprises an antisense oligonucleotide present in double-stranded RNA nds identified as TLR2_4, TLR2_7 or TLR4_4.
In some embodiments, the administration method is systemic stration.
In some embodiments, the stration method is local administration. In various embodiments the administration method is intratracheal, nt, intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intraportal, aneous, intradermal, topical, direct administration into a target lung tissue by injection or Via a pump.
WO 18910 ] In one aspect provided is a pharmaceutical composition that includes at least one eutic agent selected from a TLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof; and a ceutically acceptable carrier.
In another aspect provided is a combination that includes at least two therapeutic agents selected from: (i) a TLR2 tor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof and (ii) a TLR4 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In another aspect provided is a pharmaceutical composition that includes a combination of at least two therapeutic agents selected from: (i) a TLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof and (iii) a TLR4 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In some ments the composition comprises a therapeutic agent consisting of a TLR2 inhibitor. In some embodiments the combination or composition comprises at least two therapeutic agents, wherein at least one of the therapeutic agents is a TLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, and at least one of the eutic agents is a TLR4 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof. In some embodiments the combination or composition comprises a TLR2 inhibitor and a TLR4 inhibitor.
In some embodiments the TLR2 inhibitor is ed from the group consisting of a small molecule chemical compound; a protein; an antibody or nt thereof; and a nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments the TLR2 inhibitor comprises a nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments the nucleic acid molecule is selected from a short ering nucleic acid (siNA), a short interfering RNA (siRNA), a double-stranded RNA (dsRNA), a micro-RNA (miRNA) or short hairpin RNA (shRNA) that binds a nucleotide sequence (such as an mRNA ce) encoding the target gene TLR2. In some embodiments the nucleic acid le is a double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) or a short ering RNA (siRNA) targeting TLR2.
In some embodiments each therapeutic agent is independently selected from the group consisting of a small molecule al compound; a protein; an antibody or fragment thereof; and a nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments each therapeutic agent comprises a nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments each nucleic acid molecule is independently selected from a short interfering nucleic acid (siNA), a short interfering RNA (siRNA), a double-stranded RNA (dsRNA), a micro-RNA (miRNA) or short n RNA ) that binds a nucleotide ce (such as an mRNA sequence) encoding the target gene selected from TLR2 and TLR4. In some embodiments each nucleic acid molecule is a double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) or a short interfering RNA (siRNA). In some embodiments the at least two dsRNA or siRNA are a dsRNA or siRNA targeting TLR2 and a dsRNA or siRNA ing TLR4.
In one embodiment the method comprises a eutically effective amount of a therapeutic agent, which down-regulates TLR2.
In one embodiment the method comprises (a) a therapeutically effective amount of a first therapeutic agent, which down-regulates TLR2 and (b) a therapeutically effective amount of a second therapeutic agent, which down-regulates TLR4.
In another aspect provided is a kit comprising at a therapeutic agent consisting of a TLR2 inhibitor; optionally with instructions for use.
] In another aspect provided is a kit comprising at least two therapeutic agents wherein the two agents are selected from the group consisting of a TLR2 inhibitor and a TLR4 inhibitor; optionally with instructions for use.
In some embodiments of the kit each therapeutic agent is independently selected from the group consisting of a small molecule chemical compound; a protein; an antibody or fragment thereof; and a nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments each therapeutic agent comprises a nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments each nucleic acid molecule is independently selected from a short interfering c acid (siNA), a short interfering RNA ), a double-stranded RNA ), a micro-RNA (miRNA) or short hairpin RNA (shRNA) that binds a nucleotide sequence (such as an mRNA sequence) ng a target gene selected from TLR2 and TLR4. In some embodiments each nucleic acid molecule is a double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) or a short interfering RNA (siRNA). In some embodiments each nucleic acid le is selected from the group consisting of a dsRNA targeting TLR2 or a siRNA targeting TLR2; and a dsRNA targeting TLR4 or a siRNA targeting TLR4. In some embodiments the at least two siRNA consist of: a dsRNA or siRNA targeting TLR2; and a dsRNA or siRNA targeting TLR4.
In some embodiments a kit provided herein comprises a combined inhibitor by which it is meant a single agent which is capable of down-regulating at least two genes and/or gene products selected from the group consisting both TLR2 and TLR4; optionally with instructions for use.
In some embodiments each therapeutic agent of the kit comprises a nucleic acid molecule, wherein: (a) the nucleic acid molecule includes a sense strand and an antisense strand; (b) each strand of the nucleic acid molecule is independently 17 to 40 tides in length; (c) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the antisense strand is complementary to a sequence of an mRNA selected from an mRNA ng TLR2 (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1) and an mRNA encoding TLR4 (e.g., SEQ ID NOs: 2-4); and ] (d) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the sense strand is complementary to the antisense strand and es a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of a mRNA selected from a mRNA encoding TLR2 (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1) and an mRNA encoding TLR4 (e.g., SEQ ID NOs: 2-4).
In some embodiments each therapeutic agent of the kit comprises a nucleic acid molecule having a structure (A1): (A1) 5’ (N)X — Z 3’ (antisense strand) 3’ )y —z" 5’ (sense strand) n each of N and N’ is a cleotide which may be unmodified or modified, or an unconventional moiety; wherein each of (N)X and (N’)y is an oligonucleotide in which each consecutive N or N’ is joined to the next N or N’ by a covalent bond; ] wherein each of Z and Z’ is independently present or absent, but if present is independently 1-5 consecutive nucleotides or unconventional moieties or a combination thereof covalently attached at the 3 ’ terminus of the strand in which it is present. wherein z" may be present or absent, but if present is a capping moiety covalently attached at the 5’ terminus of (N ’)y; ] wherein each of x and y is independently an integer between 17 and 40; wherein the sequence of (N’)y is complementary to the sequence of (N)X; and wherein (N)X ses an nse sequence to an mRNA selected from an mRNA encoding TLR2 and an mRNA encoding TLR4.
In various embodiments the double-stranded molecule comprises a ch to the target mRNA at the 5’ terminal nucleotide of the guide strand (antisense strand).
Accordingly, in some embodiments each therapeutic agent of the kit comprises a double- stranded oligonucleotide compound having a structure (A2) set forth below (A2) 5’ N1-(N)X - Z 3’ (antisense strand) 3’ Z’-N2-(N’)y-z" 5’ (sense strand) wherein each of N2, N and N’ is independently an unmodified or modified ribonucleotide, or an unconventional moiety; wherein each of (N)X and (N’)y is an oligonucleotide in which each utive N or N’ is joined to the adjacent N or N’ by a covalent bond; ] wherein each of x and y is independently an integer n 17 and 39; wherein the sequence of (N’)y is mentary to the sequence of (N)x and (N)X is complementary to a consecutive sequence in an mRNA selected from an mRNA encoding TLR2 (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1) and an mRNA encoding TLR4 (e.g., SEQ ID NOs: 2- n N1 is covalently bound to (N)X and is mismatched to an mRNA selected from an mRNA encoding TLR2 (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1) and an mRNA encoding TLR4 (e.g., SEQ ID NOs: 2-4); wherein N1 is a moiety selected from the group consisting of uridine, modified uridine, ribothymidine, modified ribothymidine, deoxyribothymidine, modified deoxyribothymidine, riboadenine, deoxyriboadenine and modified iboadenine, wherein z" may be present or , but if t is a capping moiety covalently attached at the 5’ terminus ofN2- (N’)y; and wherein each of Z and Z’ is independently present or , but if present is independently 1-5 consecutive nucleotides or unconventional moieties or a combination thereof covalently attached at the 3 ’ terminus of the strand in which it is present.
In another aspect provided is a package comprising A) at least two separate dosage units selected from (i) a dosage unit comprising a TLR2 inhibitor, and (ii) a dosage unit comprising a TLR4 tor; and ally B) a package insert comprising instructions for use of the dosage units.
In another embodiment of the package each inhibitor ses a nucleic acid molecule, wherein: (a) the nucleic acid le includes a sense strand and an antisense strand; (b) each strand of the c acid le is independently 17 to 40 nucleotides in length; (c) a 17 to 40 nucleotide ce of the antisense strand is complementary to a sequence of an mRNA selected from an mRNA encoding TLR2 and an mRNA encoding TLR4; and (d) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the sense strand is complementary to the antisense strand and includes a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of a mRNA selected from an mRNA encoding TLR2 and an mRNA encoding TLR4.
In some embodiments of the package each inhibitor comprises a nucleic acid molecule having a structure (Al): (Al) 5’ (N)X — Z 3’ (antisense strand) 3’ Z’-(N’)y —z" 5’ (sense strand) wherein each of N and N’ is a ribonucleotide which may be unmodified or modified, or an unconventional moiety; [0023l] wherein each of (N)X and (N’)y is an oligonucleotide in which each consecutive N or N’ is joined to the next N or N’ by a covalent bond; wherein each of Z and Z’ is ndently present or absent, but if present is ndently l-5 consecutive nucleotides or unconventional moieties or a combination thereof covalently attached at the 3 ’ terminus of the strand in which it is present. wherein z" may be t or , but if present is a capping moiety covalently attached at the 5’ terminus of (N ’)y; wherein each of x and y is independently an integer between 17 and 40; n the sequence of (N’)y is complementary to the sequence of (N)X; and wherein (N)X comprises an antisense sequence to an mRNA selected from an mRNA encoding TLR2 and an mRNA encoding TLR4.
In various embodiments the double-stranded molecule comprises a mismatch to the target mRNA at the 5’ terminal nucleotide of the guide strand (antisense strand).
Accordingly, in some embodiments of the package each inhibitor comprises a stranded oligonucleotide compound having a ure (A2) set forth below: (A2) 5’ Nl-(N)X - Z 3’ (antisense strand) ] 3’ Z’-N2-(N’)y-z" 5’ (sense strand) ] wherein each of N2, N and N’ is independently an fied or modified ribonucleotide, or an unconventional moiety; wherein each of (N)X and (N’)y is an oligonucleotide in which each consecutive N or N’ is joined to the adjacent N or N’ by a covalent bond; ] wherein each of x and y is ndently an integer between 17 and 39; wherein the sequence of (N’)y is complementary to the sequence of (N)X and (N)X is complementary to a consecutive sequence in an mRNA selected from an mRNA ng TLR2 and an mRNA encoding TLR4; wherein N1 is covalently bound to (N)X and is mismatched to an mRNA selected from an mRNA ng TLR2 and an mRNA encoding TLR4; wherein N1 is a moiety selected from the group consisting of uridine, modified uridine, ribothymidine, modified ribothymidine, deoxyribothymidine, modified deoxyribothymidine, riboadenine, deoxyriboadenine and modified deoxyriboadenine, wherein z" may be present or absent, but if present is a capping moiety covalently attached at the 5’ terminus ofN2- (N’)y; and wherein each of Z and Z’ is independently present or absent, but if present is independently l-5 consecutive tides or unconventional moieties or a combination thereof covalently attached at the 3 ’ terminus of the strand in which it is present.
In various ments of the kit or package the instructions or package insert indicates that the therapeutic agent or dosage unit or the therapeutic agents or dosage units are suitable for use in treating a patient suffering from a disease or condition ed from the group ting of acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), acute lung injury, pulmonary fibrosis (idiopathic), bleomycin induced pulmonary fibrosis, mechanical ventilator induced lung injury, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), chronic bronchitis, emphysema, lung transplantation-induced acute graft dysfunction and bronchiolitis obliterans after lung transplantation. In various embodiments of the kit or package the instructions or package insert indicates that the therapeutic agents or dosage units are suitable for use in treating a patient suffering from or at risk of suffering from inflammation and/or graft rejection associated with organ transplantation, in particular lung transplantation, including, without being limited to, primary graft failure, ischemia- reperfiasion injury, reperfiasion injury, reperfusion edema, aft dysfunction, pulmonary reimplantation se, bronchiolitis obliterans after lung transplantation and/or primary graft dysfunction (PGD) after organ transplantation, in particular in lung transplantation.
In various embodiments the composition comprises one or more doublestranded nucleic acid (dsNA) agents which down-regulate or inhibit the expression/actiVity/function of a TLR2 gene and/or TLR2 gene product including DNA and mRNA.
In various embodiments the combination comprises one or more double- stranded nucleic acid (dsNA) agents which down-regulate or inhibit the sion/actiVity/function of at least two genes and/or gene products including DNA and mRNA ed from: (i) TLR2 and (ii) TLR4.
The mRNA coding sequence for human TLR2 is exemplified by SEQ ID NO:1 and the mRNA coding sequence for human TLR4 is exemplified by SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID N03 and SEQ ID NO:4.
In one embodiment the composition comprises at least one dsNA molecule which down-regulates TLR2.
In another ment the combination comprises one or more dsNA agents which egulate TLR2 and TLR4. In one embodiment the combination ses at least one dsNA le which down-regulates TLR2 and at least one dsNA molecule which down-regulates TLR4.
In some embodiments provided is a tandem dsRNA comprising dsRNA targeting at least both TLR2 and TLR4.
In some embodiments provided is a triple armed structure, also known as RNAistar. Said triple-stranded ucleotide comprises an oligoribonucleotide haVing the general structure: ’ oligol (sense) LINKER A oligo2 (sense) 3’ 3’ oligol (antisense) LINKER B oligo3 (sense) 5’ 3’ oligo3 (antisense) w oligo2 (antisense) 5’ ’ oligol (sense) LINKER A oligo2 (antisense) 3’ 3’ oligol (antisense) LINKER B oligo3 (sense) 5’ 3’ oligo3 (antisense) LINKER C oligo2 (sense) 5’ ’ oligol (sense) LINKERA oligo3 (antisense) 3’ 3’ oligol (antisense) LINKER B oligo2 (sense) 5’ ’ oligo3 (sense) LINKER C oligo2 (antisense) 3’ Wherein one or more of linker A, linker B or linker C is present; any combination of two or more oligonucleotides and one or more of linkers A-C is possible, so long as the polarity of the strands and the general structure of the molecule remains. Further, if two or more of linkers A-C are present, they may be identical or different. In some embodiments a "gapped" RNAistar nd is red wherein the compound comprises three RNA duplexes.
] A compound consisting of four ribonucleotide s forming three RNA duplexes having the general structure: l 5’ OligoA E, d , strand2 3’ Oligo B ,1 .""‘~~\ 3"" wherein each of oligo A, oligo B, oligo C, oligo D, oligo E and oligo F represents at least 19 consecutive ribonucleotides, wherein from 18 to 40 of such consecutive ribonucleotides, in each of oligo A, B, C, D, E and F comprise a strand of a RNA duplex, wherein each ribonucleotide may be modified or unmodified’ n strand 1 comprises oligo A which is either a sense portion or an antisense portion of a first RNA duplex of the compound, strand 2 comprises oligo B which is complementary to at least 19 nucleotides in oligo A, and oligo A and oligo B together form a first RNA duplex that targets a first target mRNA; wherein strand 1 further comprises oligo C which is either a sense portion or an antisense strand portion of a second RNA duplex of the compound, strand 3 comprises oligo D which is complementary to at least 19 nucleotides in oligo C and oligo C and oligo D er form a second RNA duplex that targets a second target mRNA; wherein strand 4 comprises oligo E which is either a sense portion or an antisense strand n of a third RNA duplex of the compound, strand 2 r comprises oligo E which is complementary to at least 19 nucleotides in oligo E and oligo E and oligo F together form a third RNA duplex that targets a third target mRNA; and wherein linker A is a moiety that covalently links oligo A and oligo C; linker B is a moiety that covalently links oligo B and oligo F, and linker A and linker B can be the same or different.
] In some embodiments the first, second and third RNA duplex target the same gene, i.e. TLR2. In other embodiments two of the first, second or third siRNA duplexes target the same mRNA, e.g. TLR2 and the third RNA duplex targets a different mRNA, for example TLR4. In other embodiments two of the first, second or third siRNA duplexes target the same mRNA, e.g. TLR4 and the third RNA duplex targets a different mRNA, for e TLR2. like receptor 2" or " or "TLR—2"or "tlr2" or "TLR2" are used interchangeably and refer to any Toll-like or 2 peptide or polypeptide having any TLR2 protein activity. TLR2 has also been designated as CD282 (cluster of differentiation 282). Toll-like receptor 2 (or more particularly human TLR2) may have an amino acid sequence that is the same, or substantially the same, as SEQ ID NO. l.
"Toll-like receptor 4" or "tlr—4" or "TLR-4"or "tlr4" or "TLR4" are used interchangeably and refer to any Toll-like receptor 4 peptide or polypeptide haVing any TLR4 n actiVity. TLR4 has also been designated as CD284 (cluster of differentiation 284). Toll-like receptor 4 (or more particularly human TLR4) may have an amino acid sequence that is the same, or substantially the same, as SEQ ID NO. 2-4.
As used herein the term "nucleotide sequence encoding TLR2 and TLR " means a nucleotide sequence that codes for a TLR2 and TLR4 protein, respectively, or portion f. The term "nucleotide sequence encoding TLR2 and TLR " is also meant to include TLR2 and TLR4 coding sequences such as TLR2 and TLR4 isoforms, mutant TLR2 and TLR4 genes, splice variants of TLR2 and TLR4 genes, and TLR2 and TLR4 gene polymorphisms. A nucleic acid sequence encoding TLR2 and TLR4 includes mRNA sequences encoding TLR2 and TLR4, which can also be referred to as TLR2 mRNA and TLR4 mRNA. Exemplary sequence of human TLR2 is SEQ ID NO: 1. Exemplary ces of human TLR4 mRNA are SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID N03 and SEQ ID NO:4.
In some embodiments the inhibitors or therapeutic agents disclosed herein comprise a molecule, a compound which can down-regulate or inhibit sion and/or function of a gene and/or gene product ed from TLR2 and TLR4. ably the therapeutic agent is independently selected from the group ting of a small organic molecule; a protein; an antibody or fragment f; a peptide, a peptidomimetic and a nucleic acid molecule.
Examples of an antibody includes polyclonal, onal, chimeric, humanized or human antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof Examples of TLR2 binding antibodies are anti-human TLR2 antibody, mouse monoclonal anti-human TLR2, rabbit anti-human TLR2, goat anti-human TLR2 and the like which are raised t TLR2.
Examples of an antibody includes polyclonal, monoclonal, chimeric, humanized or human antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof Examples of TLR4 binding antibodies are anti-human TLR4 antibody, mouse monoclonal anti-human TLR4, rabbit anti-human TLR4, goat uman TLR4 and the like which are raised against TLR4.
In some embodiments the inhibitor or therapeutic agent of the present sure comprise a peptide. The term de", as used herein, refers to a compound consisting of from about two to about ninety amino acid residues wherein the amino group of one amino acid is linked to the carboxyl group of r amino acid by a peptide bond.
Preferred e sequences are short (e.g. 3 to 20 amino acids in length) and lipophilic, such that they can cross cell membranes to a sufficient extent. A peptide can be, for example, derived or removed from a native n by enzymatic or chemical cleavage, or can be prepared using conventional peptide synthesis techniques (e.g., solid phase synthesis) or molecular biology techniques (see Sambrook, J. et al., Molecular Cloning: A tory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY. (1989)). A "peptide" can comprise any suitable L-and/or D-amino acid, for example, common o-amino acids (e.g., alanine, glycine, valine), non-(x-amino acids (e.g., B-alanine, 4-aminobutyric acid, 6- aminocaproic acid, sarcosine, statine), and unusual amino acids (e.g., citrulline, trulline, homoserine, norleucine, norvaline, omithine). The amino, carboxyl and/or other functional groups on a peptide can be free (e.g., unmodified) or protected with a suitable protecting group. Suitable protecting groups for amino and yl groups, and means for adding or removing protecting groups are known in the art and are disclosed in, for example, Green and Wuts, "Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis", John Wiley and Sons, 1991. The functional groups of a peptide can also be derivatized (e. g., alkylated) using art-known methods.
In some embodiments the inhibitors or therapeutic agents provided herein include a peptidomimetic. The term "peptidomimetic", as used herein, refers to molecules which are not polypeptides, but which mimic aspects of their structures and have the same functional groups as peptides, which can inhibit TLR2 or TLR4. Peptidomimetics are designed, for example, by fying a e inhibitor of TLR2 or TLR4 and modifying it using amino acid substitutes that ageously modify the properties of the peptide, for example by increasing stability and or activity.
In some embodiments the inhibitors or therapeutic agents disclosed herein e nucleic acid molecules. As used herein, the term "nucleic acid molecule" or "nucleic acid" are used interchangeably and refer to an oligonucleotide, nucleotide or cleotide.
Variations of "nucleic acid molecule" are bed in more detail herein. A nucleic acid molecule encompasses both modified nucleic acid molecules and unmodified nucleic acid molecules as bed herein. A nucleic acid le may include deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, modified nucleotides or nucleotide analogs in any combination.
As used herein, the term "nucleotide" refers to a chemical moiety haVing a sugar (or an analog thereof, or a modified , a tide base (or an analog thereof, or a modified base), and a phosphate group (or analog thereof, or a modified phosphate group).
A nucleotide encompasses both d nucleotides or fied nucleotides as bed herein. As used herein, nucleotides may include deoxyribonucleotides (e.g., unmodified deoxyribonucleotides), ribonucleotides (e.g., unmodified ribonucleotides), and modified nucleotide s including, inter alia, locked nucleic acids and unlocked nucleic acids, peptide c acids, L-nucleotides (also ed to as mirror nucleotides), ethylene-bridged nucleic acid (ENA), arabinoside, PACE, nucleotides with a 6 carbon sugar, as well as nucleotide analogs (including abasic tides) often considered to be non-nucleotides. In some embodiments, nucleotides may be modified in the sugar, nucleotide base and/or in the phosphate group with any modification known in the art and/or any modification such as modifications described herein. A "polynucleotide" or "oligonucleotide" as used herein refer to a chain of linked nucleotides; polynucleotides and oligonucleotides may likewise have modifications in the nucleotide sugar, nucleotide bases and phosphate backbones as are well known in the art and/or are disclosed herein.
As used herein, the term "short interfering nucleic acid", "siNA", or "short interfering nucleic acid molecule" refers to any nucleic acid molecule capable of ting gene expression or Viral replication. Preferably siNA inhibits or down regulates gene expression or Viral replication. siNA includes without limitation nucleic acid molecules that are capable of ing ce specific RNA interference (RNAi), for example short interfering RNA (siRNA), double-stranded NA (dsNA), double-stranded RNA (dsRNA), micro-RNA (miRNA), short hairpin RNA (shRNA), short interfering oligonucleotide, short interfering nucleic acid, short interfering modified oligonucleotide, chemically-modified siRNA, post-transcriptional gene ing RNA (ptgsRNA), and others. As used herein, "short interfering nucleic acid", "siNA", or "short interfering c acid molecule" has the g described in more detail elsewhere herein.
] As used herein, the term "complementary" means that a nucleic acid can form hydrogen bond(s) with another nucleic acid sequence by either traditional Watson-Crick or other non-traditional types. In reference to the nucleic molecules disclosed herein, the binding fiee energy for a nucleic acid molecule with its complementary sequence is sufficient to allow the relevant function of the nucleic acid to proceed, e.g., RNAi actiVity.
Determination of binding free energies for nucleic acid molecules is well known in the art (see, e.g., Turner et al., 1987, CSH Symp. Quant. Biol. LII pp. 123-133; Frier et al., 1986, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 83:9373-9377; Turner et al., 1987, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 109:3783- 3785). A percent mentarity indicates the percentage of contiguous residues in a WO 18910 c acid molecule that can form en bonds (e.g., Watson-Crick base pairing) with a second nucleic acid sequence (e.g., 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 nucleotides out of a total of 10 nucleotides in the first oligonucleotide being based paired to a second nucleic acid sequence haVing 10 nucleotides represents 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, and 100% complementary respectively). "Fully complementary" means that all the contiguous residues of a nucleic acid ce will form hydrogen bond with the same number of contiguous residues in a second nucleic acid sequence. In one embodiment, a nucleic acid molecule disclosed herein includes about 15 to about 35 or more (e.g., about 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34 or 35 or more) nucleotides that are complementary to one or more target nucleic acid molecules or a portion thereof.
As used herein, the term "sense region" refers to a nucleotide sequence of a dsNA molecule complementary (partially or fully) to an antisense region of the dsNA molecule. The sense strand of a dsNA molecule can include a c acid ce haVing homology with a target nucleic acid sequence. As used herein, "sense strand" refers to c acid molecule that includes a sense region and may also include additional nucleotides. The sense strand may be between 17 and 40 tides in length, for instance, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39 or 40 nucleotides.
As used herein, the term "antisense region" refers to a tide sequence of a dsNA molecule complementary (partially or fillly) to a target nucleic acid sequence, preferably a target mRNA. The antisense strand of a dsNA molecule can optionally include a nucleic acid sequence complementary to a sense region of the dsNA molecule. As used herein, "antisense strand" refers to nucleic acid molecule that includes an antisense region and may also include additional nucleotides. The antisense strand may be between 17 and 40 nucleotides in length, for instance, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39 or 40 nucleotides.
As used herein, the term "substantially complementary" means the antisense strand includes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 tides that are not complementary to a nucleotide sequence of an oligonucleotide, such as a sense strand or a target mRNA. In some ments, an antisense strand may include 1, 2, or 3 nucleotides that are unpaired, i.e., do not have a corresponding complementary nucleotide in the sense strand or in a target mRNA.
WO 18910 2012/027169 ] As used herein, the term "RNA" refers to a molecule that includes at least one ribonucleotide residue.
As used herein, the term "duplex region" refers to the region in two complementary or ntially complementary oligonucleotides that form base pairs with one another, either by Watson-Crick base pairing or any other manner that allows for a duplex between oligonucleotide strands that are complementary or substantially complementary. For example, an ucleotide strand having 21 nucleotide units can base pair with another oligonucleotide of 21 nucleotide units, yet only 19 bases on each strand are complementary or substantially complementary, such that the "duplex " consists of 19 base pairs. The remaining base pairs may, for example, exist as 5’ and 3’ overhangs.
Further, within the duplex region, 100% complementarity is not required; substantial complementarity is allowable within a duplex region. Substantial complementarity refers to complementarity between the strands such that they are capable of annealing under biological conditions. Techniques to empirically ine if two strands are capable of annealing under biological conditions are well know in the art. atively, two strands can be synthesized and added together under biological conditions to determine if they anneal to one another.
As used herein, the terms "non-pairing nucleotide analog" means a nucleotide analog which includes a non-base pairing moiety including but not limited to: 6 des amino adenosine (Nebularine), 4-Me-indole, 3-nitropyrrole, 5-nitroindole, Ds, Pa, N3-Me ribo U, N3-Me riboT, N3-Me dC, N3-Me-dT, dG, Nl-Me-dA, N3-ethyl-dC, N3-Me dC. In some embodiments the non-base pairing nucleotide analog is a ribonucleotide. In other embodiments it is a ibonucleotide.
As used herein, the term, "terminal fianctional group" includes without tion a halogen, l, amine, carboxylic, ester, amide, aldehyde, , ether groups.
An "abasic nucleotide" or "abasic nucleotide analog" as used herein may also be often referred to herein and in the art as a pseudo-nucleotide or an unconventional moiety.
While a nucleotide is a monomeric unit of nucleic acid, generally consisting of a ribose or deoxyribose sugar, a phosphate, and abase (adenine, guanine, thymine, or cytosine in DNA; adenine, guanine, , or cytosine in RNA). an abasic or pseudo-nucleotide lacks a base, and thus is not strictly a nucleotide as the term is generally used in the art. Abasic deoxyribose moieties include for example, abasic deoxyribose-3’-phosphate; deoxy-D- ribofi1ranosephosphate; l,4-anhydrodeoxy-D-ribitolphosphate. Inverted abasic deoxyribose moieties include inverted deoxyriboabasic; 3’,5’ inverted deoxyabasic 5’- phosphate.
The term "capping moiety" (or " 3, (E Z ) as used herein includes a moiety which can be ntly linked to the 5' terminus of the sense strand ((N’)y) and includes abasic ribose moiety, abasic deoxyribose moiety, modifications to abasic ribose and abasic ibose moieties including 2’ 0 alkyl modifications; inverted abasic ribose and abasic deoxyribose es and modifications thereof; C6-imino-Pi; a mirror nucleotide including L-DNA and L-RNA; S’OMe nucleotide; and nucleotide analogs including 4',5'-methylene nucleotide; l-(B-D-erythrofuranosyl)nucleotide; 4'-thio nucleotide, carbocyclic nucleotide; '-amino-alkyl phosphate; l,3-diaminopropyl phosphate, 3-aminopropyl phosphate; 6- aminohexyl phosphate; l2-aminododecyl phosphate; hydroxypropyl phosphate; 1,5- anhydrohexitol nucleotide; alpha-nucleotide; threo-pentofuranosyl nucleotide; acyclic 3',4'- seco nucleotide; hydroxybutyl nucleotide; hydroxypentyl nucleotide, 5'-5'- inverted abasic moiety; l,4-butanediol phosphate; no; and ng or non bridging methylphosphonate and 5'-mercapto moieties.
] Certain capping moieties may be abasic ribose or abasic deoxyribose moieties; inverted abasic ribose or inverted abasic ibose moieties; C6-amino-Pi; a mirror nucleotide including L-DNA and L-RNA. The nucleic acid molecules as disclosed herein may be synthesized using one or more inverted nucleotides, for example inverted thymidine or ed adenine (for example see Takei, et al., 2002. JBC 277(26):23800-06).
In some embodiments of Structure (Al) and Structure (A2) at least one of Z or Z’ is present and comprises at least two cleotide moieties covalently attached to the strand in which it is present. In some embodiments each of Z and Z’ independently includes a C3 alkyl, C3 alcohol or C3 ester moiety. In some embodiments Z’ is absent and Z is t and includes a non-nucleotide C3 moiety. In some embodiments Z is absent and Z’ is present and includes a non-nucleotide C3 moiety. Exemplary non-nucleotide moieties include the alkyl and d alkyl moieties shown below: B E E 3' terminus-C3Pi 3' terminus-C3-OH 0\ /O\/\/OH O\p/O\/\/o\P/O. o/P\oe 0/ \09 d O B E 3' terminus-C3Pi-C3OH o\P/o\/\/o\l/o\/\/0H OA09 11 E o 3' us-C3Pi-C3Pi cf) e O\P/O\/\/o\l/O\/\/o\ /09 0/ \09 I O O='U i O 3' terminus-C3Pi-C3Pi-C3OH cfi oe /\/O\l/O\/\/O\Fl’/OWOH /\ e | | O O O 0 In some embodiments of Structures (Al) and (A2), each of N and N’ is an unmodified nucleotide. In some embodiments at least one ofN or N’ includes a ally modified nucleotide or an unconventional moiety. In some embodiments the unconventional moiety is selected from a mirror nucleotide, an abasic ribose moiety and an abasic deoxyribose moiety. In some ments the unconventional moiety is a mirror nucleotide, preferably an L-deoxyribonucleotide (L-DNA) moiety. In some embodiments at least one ofN or N’ includes a 2’-OMe sugar-modified ribonucleotide.
The term "unconventional moiety" as used herein refers to non-nucleotide moieties including an abasic moiety, an inverted abasic moiety, a hydrocarbon (alkyl) moiety and derivatives thereof, and further includes a deoxyribonucleotide, a modified deoxyribonucleotide, a mirror nucleotide (L-DNA or L-RNA), a non-base pairing nucleotide analog and a nucleotide joined to an adjacent nucleotide by a 2’-5’ intemucleotide phosphate bond; bridged nucleic acids including LNA and ethylene d nucleic acids, linkage modified (e.g. PACE) and base modified nucleotides, as well as additional moieties explicitly sed herein as unconventional moieties.
As used herein, the term "inhibit", "down-regulate", or "reduce" with respect to gene sion means that the expression of a target gene, or level of RNA molecules or equivalent RNA molecules ng one or more proteins or protein subunits (e. g., mRNA), or activity of one or more proteins or protein subunits, is reduced below that observed in the absence of an tory factor (such as a nucleic acid molecule, e. g., an dsNA, for example having structural features as described herein); for example the expression may be reduced to 90%, 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 10%, 5% or less than that observed in the e of an inhibitor.
RNA Interference and dsNA Nucleic Acid Molecules ] RNA interference refers to the process of sequence-specific post- riptional gene silencing in animals mediated by short interfering RNAs s) (Zamore et al., 2000, Cell, 101, 25-33; Fire et al., 1998, Nature, 391, 806; Hamilton et al., 1999, Science, 286, 950-951; Lin et al., 1999, Nature, 402, 128-129; Sharp, 1999, Genes & Dev., 13:139-141; and Strauss, 1999, Science, 286, 886). The corresponding process in plants (Heifetz et al., International PCT Publication No. WO 99/61631) is often referred to as post-transcriptional gene silencing (PTGS) or RNA ing. The process of posttranscriptional gene silencing is t to be an evolutionarily-conserved ar defense mechanism used to prevent the expression of foreign genes (Fire et al., 1999, Trends Genet., , 358). Such protection from foreign gene expression may have evolved in response to the production of double-stranded RNAs (dsRNAs) derived from viral infection or from the random integration of oson elements into a host genome via a cellular response that specifically destroys homologous single-stranded RNA or viral genomic RNA. The presence of dsRNA in cells triggers the RNAi response through a mechanism that has yet to be fully characterized. This mechanism appears to be different from other known mechanisms involving double-stranded RNA-specific cleases, such as the eron response that results from dsRNA-mediated activation of protein kinase PKR and oligoadenylate synthetase resulting in non-specific cleavage of mRNA by ribonuclease L (see for example US. Pat. Nos. 6,107,094; 5,898,031; Clemens et al., 1997, J. Interferon & Cytokine Res., 17, 503-524; Adah et al., 2001, Curr. Med. Chem., 8, 1189).
The presence of long dsRNAs in cells stimulates the activity of a ribonuclease III enzyme referred to as dicer (Bass, 2000, Cell, 101, 235; Zamore et al., 2000, Cell, 101, -33; Hammond et a1., 2000, Nature, 404, 293). Dicer is involved in the processing of the dsRNA into short pieces of dsRNA known as short ering RNAs (siRNAs) (Zamore et a1., 2000, Cell, 101, 25-33; Bass, 2000, Cell, 101, 235; Berstein et a1., 2001, Nature, 409, 363). Short interfering RNAs derived from dicer activity are typically about 21 to about 23 tides in length and include about 19 base pair duplexes (Zamore et a1., 2000, Cell, 101, 25-33; ir et a1., 2001, Genes Dev., 15, 188). Dicer has also been implicated in the excision of 21- and 22-nucleotide small temporal RNAs (stRNAs) from precursor RNA of ved structure that are implicated in translational control (Hutvagner et a1., 2001, Science, 293, 834). The RNAi response also es an endonuclease complex, commonly referred to as an RNA-induced silencing complex (RISC), which mediates cleavage of single-stranded RNA having sequence complementary to the antisense strand of the siRNA duplex. Cleavage of the target RNA takes place in the middle of the region complementary to the antisense strand of the siRNA duplex (Elbashir et a1., 2001, Genes Dev., 15, 188).
RNAi has been studied in a variety of systems. Fire et a1., 1998, Nature, 391, 806, were the first to observe RNAi in C. elegans. Bahramian and Zarbl, 1999, Molecular and Cellular Biology, 19, 274-283 and Wianny and Goetz, 1999, Nature Cell Biol., 2, 70, describe RNAi mediated by dsRNA in mammalian systems. d et a1., 2000, Nature, 404, 293, describe RNAi in Drosophila cells transfected with dsRNA. Elbashir et a1., 2001, Nature, 411, 494 and Tuschl et al., ational PCT Publication No. WO 01/75164, describe RNAi induced by uction of duplexes of synthetic 21-nucleotide RNAs in cultured mammalian cells ing human nic kidney and HeLa cells. Recent work in hila embryonic lysates (Elbashir et a1., 2001, EMBO J., 20, 6877 and Tuschl et al., International PCT Publication No. WO 01/75164) has revealed certain requirements for siRNA length, structure, chemical composition, and sequence that are essential to mediate eff1cientRNAi activity. c acid molecules (for example having structural features as disclosed herein) may t or down regulate gene expression or viral ation by mediating RNA interference "RNAi" or gene silencing in a sequence-specific manner; see e. g., Zamore et a1., 2000, Cell, 101, 25-33; Bass, 2001, Nature, 411, 428-429; Elbashir et a1., 2001, Nature, 411, 494-498; and Kreutzer et al., International PCT Publication No. WO 00/44895; Zernicka- Goetz et al., International PCT Publication No. WO 01/36646; Fire, International PCT Publication No. WO 99/32619; Plaetinck et al., International PCT Publication No. WO 00/01846; Mello and Fire, International PCT Publication No. WO 01/29058; Deschamps- Depaillette, ational PCT Publication No. WO 99/07409; and Li et al., International PCT Publication No. WO 00/44914; re, 2002, Science, 297, 1818-1819; Volpe et al., 2002, Science, 297, 1833-1837; Jenuwein, 2002, Science, 297, 2215-2218; and Hall et al., 2002, Science, 297, 2232-2237; Hutvagner and Zamore, 2002, Science, 297, 2056-60; McManus et al., 2002, RNA, 8, 842-850; Reinhart et al., 2002, Gene & Dev., 16, 1616-1626; and Reinhart & Bartel, 2002, e, 297, 1831).
A double-stranded c acid molecule can be assembled from two separate polynucleotide strands, where one strand is the sense strand and the other is the antisense strand in which the antisense and sense strands are self-complementary (i.e. each strand includes nucleotide sequence that is complementary to nucleotide sequence in the other strand); such as where the antisense strand and sense strand form a duplex or double- stranded structure having any length and structure as described herein for nucleic acid molecules as ed, for example wherein the double-stranded region (duplex region) is about 15 to about 40 (e.g., about 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, or 40 base pairs); the antisense strand includes nucleotide sequence that is complementary to nucleotide sequence in a target c acid molecule (i.e., TLR2 and TLR4 mRNA) or a portion thereof and the sense strand includes nucleotide sequence corresponding to the target nucleic acid sequence or a portion thereof (e.g., about 17 to about 40 tides of the nucleic acid molecules herein are complementary to the target nucleic acid or a portion thereof).
In certain aspects and embodiments a nucleic acid molecule (e.g., a dsNA molecule) provided herein may be a "RISC length" molecule or may be a Dicer substrate as described in more detail below.
A dsNA nucleic acid molecule may include separate sense and antisense sequences or regions, where the sense and antisense regions are covalently linked by nucleotide or non-nucleotide s molecules as is known in the art, or are ately non- covalently linked by ionic ctions, en bonding, van der Waals interactions, hydrophobic interactions, and/or stacking interactions. Nucleic acid molecules may include a nucleotide ce that is complementary to nucleotide sequence of a target gene or of a target mRNA. Nucleic acid molecules may ct with nucleotide sequence of a target gene in a manner that causes inhibition of expression of the target gene.
Alternatively, a dsNA nucleic acid molecule is assembled from a single polynucleotide, where the self-complementary sense and antisense regions of the nucleic acid molecules are linked by means of a nucleic acid based or non-nucleic ased linker(s), i.e., the antisense strand and the sense strand are part of one single polynucleotide that having an antisense region and sense region that fold to form a duplex region (for example to form a "hairpin" structure as is well known in the art). Such dsNA nucleic acid les can be a cleotide with a duplex, asymmetric duplex, hairpin or asymmetric hairpin secondary structure, having self-complementary sense and antisense regions, wherein the antisense region includes nucleotide ce that is mentary to nucleotide sequence in a separate target nucleic acid molecule (e. g. TLR2 mRNA or TLR4 mRNA) or a portion thereof and the sense region having nucleotide sequence ponding to the target nucleic acid sequence (i.e., a sequence of TLR2 mRNA or a sequence of TLR4 mRNA).
Such dsNA nucleic acid molecules can be a circular single-stranded polynucleotide having two or more loop structures and a stem comprising self-complementary sense and antisense regions, wherein the antisense region includes nucleotide sequence that is complementary to nucleotide sequence in a target nucleic acid molecule (e.g. TLR2 mRNA or TLR4 mRNA) or a n thereof and the sense region having nucleotide sequence corresponding to the target nucleic acid sequence (e.g. TLR2 mRNA or TLR4 mRNA) or a portion thereof, and wherein the circular polynucleotide can be processed either in vivo or in vitro to generate an active nucleic acid molecule capable of mediating RNAi.
Chemical Modifications of nucleic acid molecules In certain aspects and embodiments, the methods provided herein utilizes nucleic acid therapeutic agents. The nucleic acid les (e.g., dsNA molecules) as provided herein e one or more modifications (or chemical modifications). Without being bound to theory, the chemical ations confer upon the nucleic acid molecules beneficial properties including nuclease stability, reduced off-target activity and or reduced immune ation. In n embodiments, such modifications e any changes to a nucleic acid molecule or polynucleotide that would make the molecule different than a standard ribonucleotide or RNA le (i.e., that includes standard adenine, cytosine, uracil, or guanine moieties); which may be referred to as an "unmodified" cleotide or unmodified ribonucleic acid. Traditional DNA bases and polynucleotides having a 2’-deoxy sugar represented by adenine, cytosine, thymine, or guanine moieties may be referred to as an ified deoxyribonucleotide" or "unmodified deoxyribonucleic acid"; accordingly, the term "unmodified nucleotide" or "unmodified nucleic acid" as used herein refers to an "unmodified ribonucleotide" E or ‘unmodified ribonucleic acid" unless there is a clear indication to the contrary. Such modifications can be in the nucleotide sugar, nucleotide base, nucleotide ate group and/or the phosphate backbone of a polynucleotide.
In certain embodiments, modifications as disclosed , may be used to increase RNAi activity of a dsNA molecule and/or to increase the in viva stability of the dsNA molecules, particularly the stability in serum, and/or to increase bioavailability of the dsNA les. miting examples of modifications include without limitation intemucleotide or intemucleoside linkages; deoxyribonucleotides or dideoxyribonucleotides at any position and strand of the double-stranded nucleic acid molecule; nucleic acid (e.g., ribonucleic acid) with a modification at the 2’-position preferably ed from an amino, fiuoro, methoxy, alkoxy and alkyl; 2’-deoxyribonucleotides, 2’-O-methyl ribonucleotides, 2’-deoxy-2’-fiuoro ribonucleotides, "universal base" nucleotides, "acyclic" nucleotides, 5-C- methyl nucleotides, biotin group, and terminal glyceryl and/or ed deoxy abasic residue incorporation, sterically hindered molecules, such as fluorescent molecules and the like.
Other nucleotides rs could e 3’-deoxyadenosine (cordycepin), 3’-azido-3’- deoxythymidine (AZT), 2’,3’-dideoxyinosine (ddI), 2’,3’-dideoxy-3’-thiacytidine (3TC), 2’,3’-didehydro-2’,3’-dideoxythymidine (d4T) and the osphate nucleotides of 3’- azido-3’-deoxythymidine (AZT), 2’,3’-dideoxy-3’-thiacytidine (3TC) and 2’,3’-didehydro- 2’,3’-dideoxythymidine (d4T). Further details on various modifications are described in more detail below.
Non-limiting examples of chemically modified nucleotides having a northern configuration include locked c acid (LNA) nucleotides (e. g., 2’-O, 4’-C-methylene-(D- ribofilranosyl) nucleotides); 2’-methoxyethoxy (MOE) nucleotides; 2’-methyl-thio-ethyl, 2’- deoxy-2’-fiuoro nucleotides, 2’-deoxy-2’-chloro nucleotides, 2’-azido nucleotides, and 2’-O- methyl nucleotides. Locked nucleic acids, or LNA’s are described, for example, in Elman et al., 2005; Kurreck et al., 2002; Crinelli et al., 2002; Braasch and Corey, 2001; Bondensgaard et al., 2000; Wahlestedt et al., 2000; and ational Patent Publication Nos. WO 00/47599, WO 99/14226, and WO 52 and . In one embodiment of the therapeutic agent provided herein, an LNA is incorporated at the 5’ terminus of the sense strand of the nucleic acid molecule.
Chemical modifications also include unlocked nucleic acids, or UNAs, which are non-nucleotide, c analogues, in which the ’ bond is not present (although UNAs are not truly nucleotides, they are expressly included in the scope of "modified" nucleotides or modified nucleic acids as contemplated herein). Exemplary UNAs are disclosed in Nucleic Acids Symposium Series No. 52 p. 133—134 (2008). In certain embodiments a nucleic acid molecule (e.g., a siNA molecule) as described herein include one or more UNAs; or one UNA. In some embodiments, a c acid molecule (e.g., a siNA molecule) as described herein has a 3’-overhang that includes one or two UNAs in the 3’ overhang. In some embodiments a nucleic acid molecule (e.g., a siNA molecule) as described herein includes a UNA (for e one UNA) in the nse strand; for example in position 6 or position 7 of the antisense strand.
Chemical modifications also include iring nucleotide analogs, for e as disclosed herein. Chemical modifications further include unconventional es as disclosed .
] Chemical modifications also include terminal modifications on the 5’ and/or 3’ part of the oligonucleotides and are also known as capping moieties. Such terminal modifications are selected from a nucleotide, a d nucleotide, a lipid, a peptide, and a sugar, an abasic ribose moiety and an abasic deoxyribose moiety.
Chemical modifications also include six membered "six membered ring nucleotide analogs." Examples of mbered ring nucleotide analogs are disclosed in Allart, et al (Nucleosides & Nucleotides, 1998, l7:l523-l526,; and Perez-Perez, et al., 1996, . and nal Chem Letters 6:1457-1460) Oligonucleotides including 6-membered ring nucleotide analogs including hexitol and altritol nucleotide monomers are disclosed in International patent application publication No. .
Chemical modifications also include "mirror" nucleotides which have a reversed chirality as compared to normal naturally ing nucleotide; that is a mirror nucleotide may be an "L-nucleotide" analogue of naturally occurring D-nucleotide (see US Patent No. 6,602,858). Mirror nucleotides may further include at least one sugar or base modification and/or a backbone modification, for e, as described herein, such as a phosphorothioate or phosphonate moiety. US Patent No. 6,602,858 discloses nucleic acid sts including at least one L-nucleotide substitution. Mirror nucleotides include for example L-DNA (L-deoxyriboadenosine-3’-phosphate (mirror dA); L-deoxyribocytidine-3’- phosphate r dC); L-deoxyriboguanosine-3’-phosphate (mirror dG); L- deoxyribothymidine-3’-phosphate (mirror image dT)) and L-RNA (L-riboadenosine-3’- phosphate (mirror rA); L-ribocytidine-3’-phosphate (mirror rC); L-riboguanosine-3’- phosphate (mirror rG); L-ribouracil-3 ’-phosphate (mirror dU).
In some embodiments, modified ribonucleotides include modified deoxyribonucleotides, for example S’OMe DNA (5-methyl-deoxyriboguanosine-3'- ate) which may be useful as a nucleotide in the 5’ terminal position (position number 1); PACE (deoxyriboadenine 3' phosphonoacetate, deoxyribocytidine 3' phosphonoacetate, iboguanosine 3' phosphonoacetate, ibothymidine 3' phosphonoacetate.
Modifications may be present in one or more strands of a nucleic acid molecule disclosed herein, e.g., in the sense strand, the antisense strand, or both strands. In certain embodiments, the antisense strand may include modifications and the sense strand my only include unmodified ribonucleotides.
Nucleobases Nucleobases of the nucleic acid disclosed herein may include unmodified ribonucleotides (purines and pyrimidines) such as e, guanine, cytosine, uridine. The nucleobases in one or both strands can be modified with l and synthetic nucleobases such as, thymine, xanthine, hypoxanthine, ionosine, 2-aminoadenine, 6-methyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine, any "universal base" nucleotides; 2-propyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine, 5-halouracil and cytosine, 5-propynyl uracil and cytosine, 6-azo uracil, cytosine and thymine, 5-uracil (pseudouracil), 4-thiouracil, 8- halo, amino, thiol, thioalkyl, hydroxyl and other 8-substituted es and guanines, 5- trifluoromethyl and other tituted uracils and cytosines, 7-methylguanine, deazapurines, heterocyclic substituted analogs of purines and pyrimidines, e.g., aminoethyoxy phenoxazine, derivatives of purines and pyrimidines (e.g., l-alkyl-, l-alkenyl- heteroaromatic- and nyl derivatives) and tautomers f, 8-oxo-N6-methyladenine, 7-diazaxanthine, 5-methylcytosine, 5-methyluracil, 5-(l-propynyl)uracil, 5-(l-propynyl) cytosine and 4,4-ethanocytosine). Other examples of suitable bases include rinyl and non-pyrimidinyl bases such as 2-aminopyridine and nes.
Sugar moieties Sugar moieties in c acid disclosed herein may include roxyl- uranosyl sugar moiety Without any modification. Alternatively, sugar moieties can be d such as, 2’-deoxy-pentofiaranosyl sugar moiety, D-ribose, hexose, modification at the 2’ position of the pentofuranosyl sugar moiety such as 2’-O-alkyl (including 2’-O-methyl and 2’-O-ethyl), i.e., 2’-alkoxy, 2’-amino, 2’-O-allyl, 2’-S-alkyl, 2’-halogen (including 2’- fluoro, chloro, and , hoxyethoxy, 2’-O-methoxyethyl, 2’-Omethoxyethyl, 2’-allyloxy (-OCH2CH=CH2), 2’-propargyl, 2’-propyl, ethynyl, ethenyl, propenyl, CF, cyano, imidazole, carboxylate, thioate, C1 to C10 lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, alkaryl or aralkyl, OCF3, OCN, O-, S-, or N— alkyl; 0-, S, or N-alkenyl; SOCH3; SOZCH3; ONOZ; N02, N3; heterozycloalkyl; heterozycloalkaryl; aminoalkylamino; polyalkylamino or substituted silyl, as, among others, for example as described in European patents EP 0 586 520 Bl or EP 0 618 925 Bl.
] Alkyl group includes saturated aliphatic groups, including straight-chain alkyl groups (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, etc.), branched-chain alkyl groups opyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, etc.), cycloalkyl (alicyclic) groups (cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl), alkyl substituted lkyl groups, and cycloalkyl substituted alkyl groups. In certain embodiments, a ht chain or branched chain alkyl has 6 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e. g., C1- C6 for straight chain, C3-C6 for branched chain), and more preferably 4 or fewer. se, preferred cycloalkyls may have from 3-8 carbon atoms in their ring structure, and more preferably have 5 or 6 carbons in the ring structure. The term C1-C6 includes alkyl groups containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl group can be substituted alkyl group such as alkyl moieties haVing substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon ne. Such substituents can include, for example, alkenyl, alkynyl, halogen, yl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, carbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, arbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, alkylsulf1nyl, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic Alkoxy group includes substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups covalently linked to an oxygen atom. Examples of alkoxy groups include methoxy, , isopropyloxy, propoxy, butoxy, and pentoxy groups. Examples of tuted alkoxy groups include halogenated alkoxy groups. The alkoxy groups can be substituted With groups such as alkenyl, alkynyl, n, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, inato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, amino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, ryl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moieties. Examples of halogen substituted alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, chloromethoxy, romethoxy, trichloromethoxy, etc.
In some embodiments, the lronosyl ring may be replaced with acyclic derivatives lacking the C2’—C3’-bond of the pentafuronosyl ring. For example, acyclonucleotides may substitute a 2-hydroxyethoxymethyl group for-the 2’- deoxyribofuranosyl sugar normally present in dNMPs. [003 12] Halogens include fluorine, e, chlorine, iodine.
Backbone The nucleoside subunits of the nucleic acid disclosed herein may be linked to each other by phosphodiester bond. The phosphodiester bond may be optionally substituted with other linkages. For example, phosphorothioate, osphate-D-ribose entities, triester, thioate, 2’-5’ bridged backbone (may also be referred to as 5’-2’), PACE, 3’-(or - ’)deoxy-3’-(or -5’)thio-phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphoroselenates, 3’-(or - ’)deoxy inates, borano phosphates, 3’-(or -5’)deoxy-3’-(or -5’)amino phosphoramidates, hydrogen onates, onates, borano phosphate esters, phosphoramidates, alkyl or aryl phosphonates and phosphotriester modifications such as alkylphosphotriesters, phosphotriester phosphorus linkages, 5’-ethoxyphosphodiester, P- alkyloxyphosphotriester, methylphosphonate, and nonphosphorus ning linkages for example, carbonate, carbamate, silyl, sulfur, sulfonate, sulfonamide, etal, thioformacetyl, oxime, methyleneimino, methylenemethylimino, methylenehydrazo, methylenedimethylhydrazo and methyleneoxymethylimino linkages.
Nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein may e a peptide nucleic acid (PNA) backbone. The PNA backbone includes repeating N—(2-aminoethyl)-glycine units linked by peptide bonds. The various bases such as purine, pyrimidine, natural and synthetic bases are linked to the backbone by methylene carbonyl bonds.
Terminal Phosphates Modifications can be made at terminal phosphate goups. Non-limiting examples of different stabilization chemistries can be used, e.g., to stabilize the 3’-end of nucleic acid sequences, including (1) [3-3’]—inverted deoxyribose; (2) deoxyribonucleotide; (3) [5’-3’]—3’-deoxyribonucleotide; (4) [5’-3’]—ribonucleotide; (5) [5’-3’]—3’-O-methyl ribonucleotide; (6) 3’-glyceryl; (7) [3’-5’]—3’-deoxyribonucleotide; (8) [3’-3’]— deoxyribonucleotide; (9) [5’-2’]—deoxyribonucleotide; and (10) — yribonucleotide. ary chemically modified al phosphate groups include those shown below: a % 0~E*{T}I¢— "a"? "- a "3;: .11 43111 s S; l} 9 l? 1 _ ii, a swing" {km—=- amino-.— o—g—«Gm {law-w .53 a M 11113 miss, 3 1? § * g - i _ F U _ _ fl—Peflw smmfi P 9 t a H H: *1 G 13 ~~Qm§mfi_ "amgmrfliw .. 1 . ll . =31" fl 1:} . hisltmmmdmuy Esaanliimwimag combinaamsfmar "shaming Conjugates Modified nucleotides and c acid molecules (e.g., dsNA molecules) as ed herein may e conjugates, for e, a conjugate covalently attached to the chemically-modified nucleic acid molecule. Non-limiting examples of conjugates include conjugates and ligands described in Vargeese et al., US. Ser. No. 10/427,160. The conjugate may be covalently attached to a nucleic acid molecule (such as an siNA molecule) via a biodegradable linker. The conjugate molecule may be attached at the 3’-end of either the sense strand, the antisense strand, or both strands of the chemically-modified nucleic acid le. The conjugate molecule may be attached at the 5’-end of either the sense strand, the nse strand, or both strands of the chemically-modified nucleic acid molecule. The conjugate molecule may be attached both the 3’-end and 5’-end of either the sense strand, the antisense , or both strands of the chemically-modified nucleic acid molecule, or any combination thereof. In one ment, a conjugate molecule may include a molecule that facilitates delivery of a chemically-modified nucleic acid molecule into a biological system, such as a cell. In another embodiment, the conjugate molecule attached to the ally-modified nucleic acid molecule is a polyethylene glycol, human serum albumin, or a ligand for a cellular receptor that can mediate cellular uptake. Examples of specific conjugate molecules contemplated herein that can be attached to chemically-modified nucleic acid molecules are described in Vargeese et al., US. Ser. No. 10/201,394.
Linkers A nucleic acid molecule provided herein (e.g., an dsNA) molecule may include a nucleotide, non-nucleotide, or mixed nucleotide/non-nucleotide linker that joins the sense region of the nucleic acid to the nse region of the c acid. A nucleotide linker can be a linker of Z 2 nucleotides in , for example about 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or nucleotides in . The tide linker can be a c acid r. The term "aptamer" or "nucleic acid aptamer" as used herein refers to a nucleic acid molecule that binds specifically to a target molecule wherein the nucleic acid molecule has sequence that includes a sequence recognized by the target molecule in its natural setting. Altemately, an aptamer can be a nucleic acid molecule that binds to a target molecule (such as TLR2 mRNA and TLR4 mRNA) where the target molecule does not naturally bind to a nucleic acid. For example, the aptamer can be used to bind to a -binding domain of a protein, thereby preventing interaction of the naturally occurring ligand with the protein. This is a non- limiting example and those in the art will recognize that other embodiments can be readily generated using ques generally known in the art. See e.g., Gold et al.; 1995, Annu.
Rev. Biochem., 64, 763; Brody and Gold, 2000, J. hnol., 74, 5; Sun, 2000, Curr. Opin.
Mol. Ther., 2, 100; Kusser, 2000, J. Biotechnol., 74, 27; Hermann and Patel, 2000, Science, 287, 820; and Jayasena, 1999, Clinical try, 45, 1628.
A non-nucleotide linker may include an abasic nucleotide, polyether, polyamine, polyamide, peptide, carbohydrate, lipid, polyhydrocarbon, or other polymeric nds (e.g. polyethylene glycols such as those having between 2 and 100 ethylene glycol units). Specific examples include those described by Seela and Kaiser, Nucleic Acids Res. 1990, 18:6353 and Nucleic Acids Res. 1987, 15:3113; Cload and Schepartz, J. Am.
Chem. Soc. 1991, 24; Richardson and Schepartz, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1991, 113:5109; Ma et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 1993, 21 :2585 and Biochemistry 1993, 32:1751; Durand et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 1990, 18:6353; McCurdy et al., Nucleosides & Nucleotides 1991, :287; Jschke et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 1993, 34:301; Ono et al., Biochemistry 1991, :9914; Arnold et al., ational Publication No. WO 89/02439; Usman et al., International ation No. WO 95/06731; Dudycz et al., International Publication No.
WO 95/11910 and Ferentz and Verdine, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1991, 113:4000.
’ Ends, 3’ Ends and Overhangs Nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein (e.g., dsNA molecules) may be blunt-ended on both sides, have overhangs on both ends or a combination of blunt and ng ends. Overhangs may occur on either the 5’- or 3’- end of the sense or nse strand. 5’- and/or 3’- ends of double-stranded nucleic acid molecules (e.g., dsNA) may be blunt ended or have an overhang. The 5 ’-end may be blunt ended and the 3 ’-end has an overhang in either the sense strand or the antisense strand. In other embodiments, the 3’- end may be blunt ended and the 5’-end has an overhang in either the sense strand or the nse strand. In yet other embodiments, both the 5’- and 3’- end are blunt ended or both the 5’- and 3’- ends have overhangs.
The 5’- and/or 3’-end of one or both strands of the nucleic acid may include a free hydroxyl group. The 5’- and/or 3’-end of any nucleic acid molecule strand may be modified to include a chemical modification. Such modification may stabilize nucleic acid molecules, e.g., the 3’-end may have increased stability due to the presence of the nucleic acid le modification. Examples of end modifications (e.g., terminal caps) include, but are not limited to, abasic, deoxy abasic, inverted (deoxy) abasic, glyceryl, dinucleotide, acyclic nucleotide, amino, fluoro, chloro, bromo, CN, CF, methoxy, imidazole, ylate, thioate, C1 to C10 lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, alkaryl or aralkyl, OCF3, OCN, O-, S-, or l; 0-, S-, or N-alkenyl; SOCHg; SOzCHgg 0N02; N02, N3; heterocycloalkyl; heterocycloalkaryl; aminoalkylamino; polyalkylamino or substituted silyl, as, among others, bed in European patents EP 586,520 and EP 618,925 and other modifications disclosed herein.
Nucleic acid molecules include those with blunt ends, i.e., ends that do not include any overhanging nucleotides. A nucleic acid molecule can include one or more blunt ends. The blunt ended nucleic acid molecule has a number of base pairs equal to the number of nucleotides t in each strand of the c acid molecule. The nucleic acid molecule can include one blunt end, for example where the 5’-end of the nse strand and the 3’-end of the sense strand do not have any overhanging nucleotides. Nucleic acid WO 18910 molecule may include one blunt end, for example where the 3’-end of the antisense strand and the 5’-end of the sense strand do not have any overhanging tides. A nucleic acid molecule may include two blunt ends, for example where the 3’-end of the antisense strand and the 5’-end of the sense strand as well as the 5’-end of the antisense strand and 3’-end of the sense strand do not have any overhanging nucleotides. Other nucleotides present in a blunt ended nucleic acid molecule can include, for example, mismatches, bulges, loops, or wobble base pairs to modulate the activity of the nucleic acid molecule, e.g. to mediate RNA interference.
In certain embodiments of the nucleic acid molecules (e.g., dsNA molecules) provided herein, at least one end of the molecule has an overhang of at least one nucleotide (for example 1 to 8 overhang nucleotides). For example, one or both strands of a double- stranded nucleic acid molecule disclosed herein may have an overhang at the 5 ’-end or at the 3’-end or both. An overhang may be present at either or both the sense strand and antisense strand of the nucleic acid molecule. The length of the overhang may be as little as one nucleotide and as long as l to 8 or more nucleotides (e.g., l, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 nucleotides; in some preferred ments an ng is 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 nucleotides; for example an overhang may be 2 nucleotides. The nucleotide(s) forming the overhang may be include deoxyribonucleotide(s), ribonucleotide(s), natural and non-natural bases or any nucleotide modified in the sugar, base or phosphate group, such as sed herein. A double-stranded nucleic acid molecule may have both 5’- and 3’-overhangs. The overhangs at the 5’- and 3’-end may be of different lengths. A overhang may include at least one nucleic acid modification which may be deoxyribonucleotide. One or more deoxyribonucleotides may be at the minus. The 3’-end of the respective counter-strand of the nucleic acid molecule may not have an overhang, more preferably not a deoxyribonucleotide overhang. The one or more deoxyribonucleotide may be at the 3’- terminus. The 5’-end of the tive counter-strand of the dsRNA may not have an overhang, more preferably not a deoxyribonucleotide overhang. The overhang in either the ’- or the 3’-end of a strand may be 1 to 8 (e.g., about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8) unpaired nucleotides, preferably, the overhang is 2-3 ed tides; more preferably 2 unpaired nucleotides. Nucleic acid molecules may include duplex nucleic acid molecules with nging ends of about 1 to about 20 (e.g., about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, ll, 12, 13, 1, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20); ably 1-8 (e.g., about 1,2, 3, 4, 5,6, 7 or 8) nucleotides, for example, about 2l-nucleotide es with about 19 base pairs and 3’-terminal mononucleotide, dinucleotide, or trinucleotide overhangs. Nucleic acid molecules provided herein may include duplex nucleic acid molecules with blunt ends, where both ends are blunt, or alternatively, where one of the ends is blunt. Nucleic acid les disclosed herein can include one or more blunt ends, i.e. where a blunt end does not have any nging tides. In one embodiment, the blunt ended nucleic acid molecule has a number of base pairs equal to the number of nucleotides present in each strand of the nucleic acid molecule. The nucleic acid molecule may include one blunt end, for example where the ’-end of the nse strand and the 3 ’-end of the sense strand do not have any overhanging nucleotides. The nucleic acid molecule may include one blunt end, for e where the 3 ’-end of the antisense strand and the 5 ’-end of the sense strand do not have any overhanging nucleotides. A nucleic acid molecule may include two blunt ends, for example where the 3 ’- end of the antisense strand and the 5’-end of the sense strand as well as the 5’-end of the antisense strand and 3’-end of the sense strand do not have any overhanging nucleotides. In certain preferred embodiments the nucleic acid compounds are blunt ended. Other nucleotides present in a blunt ended dsNA molecule can include, for example, mismatches, bulges, loops, or wobble base pairs to modulate the activity of the nucleic acid le to mediate RNA interference.
In many embodiments one or more, or all, of the overhang nucleotides of a nucleic acid molecule (e.g., a dsNA molecule) as described herein includes are modified such as described herein; for example one or more, or all, of the nucleotides may be 2’- deoxynucleotides.
Amounta Location and Patterns of Modifications of Nucleic Acid Compounds Nucleic acid molecules (e.g., dsNA les) disclosed herein may include modified nucleotides as a percentage of the total number of nucleotides present in the nucleic acid molecule. As such, a nucleic acid molecule may include about 5% to about 100% modified nucleotides (e.g., about 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95% or 100% modified nucleotides). The actual tage of modified nucleotides t in a given nucleic acid molecule will depend on the total number of nucleotides present in the nucleic acid. If the nucleic acid molecule is single stranded, the percent modification can be based upon the total number of nucleotides t in the single stranded nucleic acid molecule. Likewise, if the nucleic acid molecule is double-stranded, the percent modification can be based upon the total number of nucleotides present in the sense , antisense strand, or both the sense and nse strands.
WO 18910 Nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein may include unmodified RNA as a percentage of the total nucleotides in the nucleic acid molecule. As such, a nucleic acid molecule may include about 5% to about 100% unmodified nucleotides (e.g., about 5%, %, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95% or 100% of total nucleotides present in a nucleic acid le).
A nucleic acid molecule (e.g., an dsNA molecule) may e a sense strand that includes about 1 to about 5, specifically about 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 phosphorothioate cleotide linkages, and/or one or more (e.g., about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or more) 2’-deoxy, 2’- yl, 2’-deoxy-2’-fluoro, and/or one or more (e.g., about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or more) universal base modified nucleotides, and optionally a terminal cap molecule at the 3-end, the ’-end, or both of the 3’- and 5’-ends of the sense strand; and wherein the antisense strand includes about 1 to about 5 or more, specifically about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or more phosphorothioate intemucleotide linkages, and/or one or more (e.g., about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more) 2’-deoxy, 2’-O-methyl, 2’-deoxy-2’-fluoro, and/or one or more (e.g., about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more) universal base modified nucleotides, and optionally a terminal cap molecule at the 3’-end, the 5’-end, or both of the 3’- and 5’-ends of the antisense strand. A nucleic acid molecule may e about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more, pyrimidine nucleotides of the sense and/or antisense nucleic acid strand are chemically-modified with 2’-deoxy, ethyl and/or 2’-deoxy-2’-fluoro nucleotides, with or without about 1 to about 5 or more, for example about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or more phosphorothioate intemucleotide linkages and/or a al cap le at the 3’-end, the ’-end, or both of the 3 ’- and 5 ’-ends, being present in the same or different strand.
A nucleic acid molecule may e about 1 to about 5 or more (specifically about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or more) phosphorothioate intemucleotide linkages in each strand of the nucleic acid molecule.
A nucleic acid molecule may e 2’-5’ intemucleotide linkages, for example at the 3’-end, the 5’-end, or both of the 3’-end and 5’-end of one or both nucleic acid sequence strands. In addition, the 2’-5’ intemucleotide linkage(s) can be t at various other positions within one or both nucleic acid sequence strands, for example, about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more including every intemucleotide linkage of a pyrimidine nucleotide in one or both s of the siNA molecule can include a 2’-5’ intemucleotide linkage, or about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more including every intemucleotide linkage of a purine nucleotide in one or both strands of the siNA molecule can include a 2’-5’ intemucleotide linkage.
A chemically-modified short interfering c acid (dsNA) molecule may include an antisense , wherein any (e.g., one or more or all) pyrimidine nucleotides present in the antisense region are 2’-deoxy-2’-fluoro pyrimidine nucleotides (e. g., wherein all pyrimidine nucleotides are 2’-deoxy-2’-fluoro pyrimidine nucleotides or alternately a plurality of pyrimidine tides are 2’-deoxy-2’-fluoro pyrimidine nucleotides), and wherein any (e.g., one or more or all) purine tides present in the antisense region are 2’-deoxy purine nucleotides (e.g., wherein all purine nucleotides are 2’-deoxy purine nucleotides or alternately a plurality of purine nucleotides are 2’-deoxy purine nucleotides).
A ally-modified short interfering nucleic acid (dsNA) molecule may include an antisense region, wherein any (e.g., one or more or all) pyrimidine nucleotides t in the antisense region are 2’-deoxy-2’-fluoro pyrimidine nucleotides (e. g., wherein all dine nucleotides are 2’-deoxy-2’-fluoro pyrimidine nucleotides or alternately a ity of pyrimidine nucleotides are xy-2’-fluoro pyrimidine nucleotides), and wherein any (e.g., one or more or all) purine nucleotides t in the antisense region are 2’-O-methyl purine nucleotides (e.g., wherein all purine nucleotides are 2’-O-methyl purine nucleotides or alternately a plurality of purine nucleotides are 2’-O-methyl purine nucleotides).
A chemically-modified short interfering nucleic acid (dsNA) molecule capable of mediating RNA interference (RNAi) against TLR2 and/or TLR4 inside a cell or reconstituted in vitro system may include a sense region, wherein one or more pyrimidine tides present in the sense region are xy-2’-fluoro pyrimidine tides (e. g., wherein all dine nucleotides are 2’-deoxy-2’-fluoro pyrimidine nucleotides or alternately a plurality of pyrimidine nucleotides are 2’-deoxy-2’-fluoro pyrimidine nucleotides), and one or more purine nucleotides present in the sense region are 2’-deoxy purine tides (e.g., wherein all purine nucleotides are 2’-deoxy purine nucleotides or alternately a plurality of purine nucleotides are 2’-deoxy purine nucleotides), and an nse region, wherein one or more pyrimidine nucleotides present in the antisense region are 2’-deoxy-2’-fluoro pyrimidine nucleotides (e.g., wherein all pyrimidine nucleotides are 2’-deoxy-2’-fluoro pyrimidine nucleotides or alternately a plurality of pyrimidine nucleotides are 2’-deoxy-2’-fluoro pyrimidine nucleotides), and one or more purine nucleotides present in the antisense region are 2’-O-methyl purine nucleotides (e.g., wherein all purine nucleotides are 2’-O-methyl purine nucleotides or alternately a plurality of purine tides are 2’-O-methyl purine tides). The sense region and/or the antisense region can have a terminal cap modification, such as any ation, that is optionally present at the 3’-end, the 5’-end, or both of the 3’-end and the 5’-end of the sense and/or antisense sequence. The sense and/or antisense region can optionally fiarther include a 3’- terminal nucleotide overhang having about 1 to about 4 (e.g., about 1, 2, 3, or 4) 2’- deoxyribonucleotides. The overhang nucleotides can r include one or more (e.g., about 1, 2, 3, 4 or more) phosphorothioate, onoacetate, and/or thiophosphonoacetate intemucleotide linkages. The purine nucleotides in the sense region may alternatively be 2’- O-methyl purine nucleotides (e.g., wherein all purine nucleotides are 2’-O-methyl purine nucleotides or alternately a plurality of purine nucleotides are 2’-O-methyl purine nucleotides) and one or more purine nucleotides present in the antisense region are 2’-O- methyl purine tides (e.g., wherein all purine nucleotides are 2’-O-methyl purine nucleotides or alternately a plurality of purine nucleotides are 2’-O-methyl purine nucleotides). One or more purine nucleotides in the sense region may alternatively be purine ribonucleotides (e. g., wherein all purine tides are purine ribonucleotides or alternately a plurality of purine nucleotides are purine ribonucleotides) and any purine nucleotides t in the antisense region are 2’-O-methyl purine tides (e. g., wherein all purine nucleotides are 2’-O-methyl purine nucleotides or alternately a plurality of purine nucleotides are 2’-O-methyl purine nucleotides). One or more purine nucleotides in the sense region and/or present in the antisense region may alternatively be selected from the group consisting of 2’-deoxy tides, locked nucleic acid (LNA) nucleotides, 2’- methoxyethyl nucleotides, 4’-thionucleotides, and 2’-O-methyl nucleotides (e.g., wherein all purine nucleotides are selected from the group consisting of 2’-deoxy nucleotides, locked nucleic acid (LNA) nucleotides, 2’-methoxyethyl nucleotides, 4’-thionucleotides, and 2’-O- methyl nucleotides or alternately a plurality of purine nucleotides are selected from the group consisting of 2’-deoxy tides, locked nucleic acid (LNA) nucleotides, 2’- methoxyethyl nucleotides, 4’-thionucleotides, and 2’-O-methyl nucleotides).
] In some embodiments, a nucleic acid molecule (e.g., a dsNA molecule) as bed herein includes a modified nucleotide (for example one modified nucleotide) in the antisense strand; for example in position 6 or position 7 of the antisense strand. ation Patterns and Alternating Modifications of Nucleic acid Compounds 2012/027169 ] c acid molecules (e.g., dsNA molecules) provided herein may have patterns of modified and unmodified nucleic acids. A pattern of modification of the tides in a contiguous stretch of nucleotides may be a modification contained within a single tide or group of nucleotides that are covalently linked to each other via standard phosphodiester bonds or, at least partially, through orothioate bonds. Accordingly, a rn" as contemplated herein, does not necessarily need to involve repeating units, although it may. Examples of modification patterns that may be used in conjunction with the nucleic acid molecules (e.g., dsNA molecules) provided herein e those disclosed in Giese, US Patent No. 7,452,987. For example, nucleic acid molecules (e.g., dsNA molecules) provided herein include those having modification patterns such as, similar to, or the same as, the patterns shown diagrammatically in figure 2 of the Giese US Patent No. 7,452,987.
A d nucleotide or group of modified nucleotides may be at the 5’-end or the 3’-end of the sense strand or the antisense strand, a flanking tide or group of nucleotides is arrayed on both sides of the modified nucleotide or group, where the flanking nucleotide or group either is unmodified or does not have the same modification of the preceding nucleotide or group of nucleotides. The flanking nucleotide or group of nucleotides may, however, have a different modification. This sequence of modified nucleotide or group of modified nucleotides, respectively, and unmodified or differently modified nucleotide or group of unmodified or differently modified nucleotides may be repeated one or more times.
In some patterns, the 5’-terminal nucleotide of a strand is a modified nucleotide while in other patterns the 5’-terminal tide of a strand is an unmodified nucleotide. In some patterns, the 5’- end of a strand starts with a group of modified nucleotides while in other ns, the 5’-terminal end is an unmodified group of nucleotides. This pattern may be either on the first stretch or the second stretch of the nucleic acid molecule or on both.
Modified nucleotides of one strand of the nucleic acid molecule may be complementary in position to the modified or unmodified nucleotides or groups of nucleotides of the other strand.
There may be a phase shift between modifications or patterns of modifications on one strand ve to the pattern of modification of the other strand such that the modification groups do not overlap. In one instance, the shift is such that the modified group of nucleotides of the sense strand corresponds to the fied group of nucleotides of the antisense strand and vice versa.
There may be a l shift of the n of modification such that the d groups overlap. The groups of d nucleotides in any given strand may optionally be the same , but may be of different lengths. rly, groups of unmodified nucleotides in any given strand may optionally be the same length, or of different lengths.
In some patterns, the second (penultimate) nucleotide at the terminus of the , is an unmodified tide or the beginning of group of unmodified nucleotides.
Preferably, this unmodified nucleotide or unmodified group of nucleotides is located at the ’-end of the either or both the sense strand and the antisense strand and even more preferably at the terminus of the sense strand. An unmodified nucleotide or unmodified group of nucleotide may be located at the 5’-end of the sense strand. In one embodiment the pattern consists of ating single modified and unmodified nucleotides.
In some double-stranded nucleic acid molecules a ethyl d nucleotide and a non-modified nucleotide or a nucleotide which is not 2’-O-methyl modified, are incorporated on both strands in an alternating fashion, resulting in a pattern of alternating 2’-O-methyl d nucleotides and nucleotides that are either unmodified or at least do not include a 2’-O-methyl modification. In certain embodiments, the same ce of 2’-O-methyl modification and non-modification exists on the second strand; in other embodiments the alternating 2’-O-methyl modified nucleotides are only present in the sense strand and are not present in the antisense strand; and in yet other embodiments the alternating 2’-O-methyl modified nucleotides are only present in the antisense strand and are not present in the sense strand. In certain embodiments, there is a phase shift between the two strands such that the 2’-O-methyl modified nucleotide on the first strand base pairs with a non-modified nucleotide(s) on the second strand and vice versa. This particular arrangement, i.e. base pairing of 2’-O-methyl modified and non-modified nucleotide(s) on both strands is particularly preferred in certain embodiments. In certain embodiments, the n of alternating 2’-O-methyl modified nucleotides exists throughout the entire nucleic acid molecule; or the entire duplex region. In other embodiments the pattern of alternating 2’-O-methyl modified nucleotides exists only in a portion of the nucleic acid; or portion of the duplex region.
In "phase shift" patterns, it may be preferred if the antisense strand starts with a 2’-O-methyl modified nucleotide at the 5’ end whereby consequently the second tide is non-modified, the third, fifth, seventh and so on nucleotides are thus again 2’-O-methyl modified whereas the second, fourth, sixth, eighth and the like nucleotides are non-modified nucleotides.
Exemplary Modification Locations and ns of Nucleic Acid Compounds While exemplary patterns are provided in more detail below, all permutations of patterns with all possible characteristics of the nucleic acid molecules sed herein and those known in the art are contemplated (e.g., characteristics include, but are not limited to, length of sense strand, length of antisense strand, length of duplex region, length of er, whether one or both ends of a double-stranded nucleic acid molecule is blunt or has an overhang, location of modified nucleic acid, number of modified nucleic acids, types of modifications, whether a double overhang nucleic acid molecule has the same or different number of nucleotides on the overhang of each side, whether a one or more than one type of modification is used in a nucleic acid molecule, and number of contiguous modified/unmodified nucleotides). With respect to all detailed examples provided below, while the duplex region is shown to be 19 nucleotides, the nucleic acid molecules provided herein can have a duplex region g from 1 to 40 nucleotides in length as each strand of a duplex region can independently be 17-40 nucleotides in length Exemplary patterns are provided herein.
Nucleic acid les may have a blunt end on both ends that include a single or uous set of modified c acids. The modified nucleic acid may be located at any position along either the sense or antisense . Nucleic acid les may include a group ofabout 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 1,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, or 40 contiguous modified nucleotides. Modified nucleic acids may make up 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 10%, 15%, %, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 97%, 98% or 100% of a nucleic acid strand. Modified nucleic acids of the examples immediately below may be in the sense strand only, the antisense strand only, or in both the sense strand and the antisense strand.
Nicks and Gaps in Nucleic Acid Strands ] Nucleic acid molecules (e.g., siNA molecules) provided herein may have a strand, preferably the sense strand, that is nicked or gapped. As such, nucleic acid molecules may have three or more strand, for example, such as a meroduplex RNA (deNA) disclosed in International Patent Application No. 07/08l836. Nucleic acid molecules with a nicked or gapped strand may be RISC length (e.g., about 15 to 25 nucleotides) or Dicer substrate length (e.g., about 25 to 30 nucleotides).
Dicer Substrates In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid molecules (e.g., siNA les) provided herein may be a precursor "Dicer ate" molecule, e.g., double-stranded c acid, processed in vivo to produce an active nucleic acid molecules, for example as described in Rossi, US Patent App. No. 20050244858. In certain conditions and situations, it has been found that these relatively longer dsRNA siNA species, e.g., of from about 25 to about 30 nucleotides, can give unexpectedly effective results in terms of potency and duration of action. Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is thought that the longer dsRNA species serve as a substrate for the enzyme Dicer in the cytoplasm of a cell. In addition to cleaving double-stranded nucleic acid into shorter ts, Dicer may facilitate the oration of a single-stranded cleavage product derived from the cleaved dsRNA into the RNA-induced silencing complex (RISC complex) that is responsible for the destruction of the cytoplasmic RNA d from the target gene.
Dicer substrates may have certain properties which enhance its processing by Dicer. Dicer substrates are of a length sufficient such that it is processed by Dicer to produce an active nucleic acid molecule and may further include one or more of the following properties: (i) the dsRNA is asymmetric, e.g., has a 3’ overhang on the first strand ense ) and (ii) the dsRNA has a modified 3’ end on the second strand (sense strand) to direct orientation of Dicer binding and processing of the dsRNA to an active siRNA. In certain embodiments, the longest strand in the Dicer substrate may be 24-30 nucleotides.
Dicer substrates may be symmetric or asymmetric. The Dicer substrate may have a sense strand that includes 22-28 nucleotides and an antisense strand that may include 24-30 nucleotides; thus, in some ments the ing Dicer substrate may have an overhang on the 3’ end of the antisense strand. Dicer substrate may have a sense strand 25 nucleotides in length, and an nse strand having 27 nucleotides in length with a 3’- 2012/027169 overhang. The overhang may be 1-3 tides, for example 2 nucleotides. The sense strand may also have a 5’ phosphate.
Like other siNA molecules provided herein, the antisense strand of a Dicer substrate may have any sequence that s to the antisense strand under biological conditions, such as within the cytoplasm of a eukaryotic cell.
Dicer substrates may have any modifications to the nucleotide base, sugar or phosphate backbone as known in the art and/or as described herein for other c acid molecules (such as siNA molecules). In n embodiments, Dicer substrates may have a sense strand that is modified for Dicer processing by suitable modifiers located at the 3’ end of the sense strand, i.e., the dsRNA is designed to direct orientation of Dicer binding and processing. Suitable modifiers include nucleotides such as deoxyribonucleotides, dideoxyribonucleotides, acyclonucleotides and the like and sterically hindered molecules, such as fluorescent molecules and the like. Acyclonucleotides substitute a 2- hydroxyethoxymethyl group for the 2’-deoxyribofuranosyl sugar normally t in deoxynucleoside osphates (dNMPs). Other nucleotide modifiers that could be used in Dicer substrate siNA molecules include 3’-deoxyadenosine (cordycepin), 3’-azido-3’- deoxythymidine (AZT), 2’,3’-dideoxyinosine (ddI), 2’,3’-dideoxy-3’-thiacytidine (3TC), 2’,3’-didehydro-2’,3’-dideoxythymidine (d4T) and the monophosphate nucleotides of 3’- azido-3’-deoxythymidine (AZT), 2’,3’-dideoxy-3’-thiacytidine (3TC) and 2’,3’-didehydro- 2’,3’-dideoxythymidine (d4T). In one embodiment, deoxynucleotides are used as the modifiers. When nucleotide rs are utilized, they may e ribonucleotides (e.g., l- 3 nucleotide modifiers, or 2 nucleotide modifiers are substituted for the ribonucleotides on the 3’ end of the sense strand) such that the length of the Dicer substrate does not change.
When sterically hindered molecules are utilized, they may be attached to the cleotide at the 3’ end of the antisense strand. Thus, in certain embodiments the length of the strand does not change with the incorporation of the modifiers. In certain embodiments, two DNA bases in the dsRNA are substituted to direct the orientation of Dicer sing of the antisense strand. In a fiarther embodiment, two terminal DNA bases are substituted for two cleotides on the 3’-end of the sense strand forming a blunt end of the duplex on the 3’ end of the sense strand and the 5’ end of the antisense strand, and a two-nucleotide RNA overhang is located on the 3’-end of the antisense strand. This is an tric composition with DNA on the blunt end and RNA bases on the overhanging end. [0035 1] In certain embodiments modifications are included in the Dicer substrate such that the modification does not prevent the nucleic acid molecule from g as a substrate for Dicer. In one embodiment, one or more modifications are made that enhance Dicer processing of the Dicer substrate. One or more modifications may be made that result in more effective RNAi generation. One or more modifications may be made that support a greater RNAi effect. One or more modifications are made that result in greater potency per each Dicer substrate to be delivered to the cell. Modifications may be incorporated in the 3’- terminal region, the 5’-terminal region, in both the 3’-terminal and 5’-terminal region or at various positions within the ce. Any number and combination of modifications can be incorporated into the Dicer substrate so long as the modification does not prevent the c acid molecule from serving as a substrate for Dicer. Where multiple modifications are present, they may be the same or different. Modifications to bases, sugar moieties, the ate backbone, and their combinations are contemplated. Either 5’-terminus can be phosphorylated.
The sense and antisense strands of the Dicer substrate are not ed to be completely complementary. They only need to be substantially complementary to anneal under biological conditions and to provide a substrate for Dicer that produces an siRNA sufficiently complementary to the target sequence.
A region of one of the strands, particularly the antisense strand, of the Dicer substrate may have a sequence length of at least 19 nucleotides, wherein these nucleotides are in the 21-nucleotide region adjacent to the 3’ end of the antisense strand and are sufficiently complementary to a tide sequence of the RNA produced from the target gene. A Dicer substrate may also have one or more of the following additional properties: (a) the antisense strand has a right shift from a corresponding 2l-mer (i.e., the antisense strand es nucleotides on the right side of the le when compared to the corresponding 21-mer), (b) the strands may not be completely complementary, i.e., the s may contain simple mismatch pairings and (c) base ations such as locked c acid(s) may be included in the 5’ end of the sense .
An nse strand of a Dicer substrate nucleic acid molecule may be modified to include 1-9 ribonucleotides on the 5’-end to give a length of 22-28 nucleotides.
When the antisense strand has a length of 21 nucleotides, then l-7 ribonucleotides, or 2-5 ribonucleotides and or 4 ribonucleotides may be added on the 3’-end. The added ribonucleotides may have any sequence. Although the added ribonucleotides may be complementary to the target gene sequence, full complementarity between the target sequence and the antisense strands is not required. That is, the resultant antisense strand is sufficiently complementary with the target sequence. A sense strand may then have 24-30 nucleotides. The sense strand may be substantially complementary with the antisense strand to anneal to the antisense strand under biological conditions. In one embodiment, the nse strand may be synthesized to contain a modified 3’-end to direct Dicer processing.
The sense strand may have a 3’ overhang. The antisense strand may be synthesized to contain a modified 3’-end for Dicer binding and processing and the sense strand may have a 3’ overhang.
Methods and Compositions for Inhibiting TLR2 and TLR4 In various aspects provided are compositions and s for inhibition of TLR2 sion for treatment of lung disease, disorder or injury in a mammal. In various embodiments the method comprises administering to the mammal at least one therapeutic agent selected from a TLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof; in an amount effect to treat the mammal. In various embodiments the therapeutic agent is selected from the group consisting of a small molecule al compound; a protein; an antibody or fragment thereof; and a nucleic acid molecule.
In various aspects provided are itions and methods for inhibition of TLR2 and TLR4 expression for the treatment of lung disease, disorder or injury in a mammal. In various embodiments the method comprises administering to the mammal at least two therapeutic agents selected from: (i) a TLR2 tor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or g thereof and (ii) a TLR4 inhibitor or a ceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof; in an amount effective to treat the mammal. In various ments each therapeutic agent is independently selected from the group ting of a small molecule chemical compound; a protein; an antibody or fragment thereof; and a nucleic acid molecule.
] In some embodiments, the therapeutic agent is a combined inhibitor by which it is meant a single agent which is capable of ting the expression and/or actiVity of at least two genes and/or gene products of both: TLR2 and TLR4. Non-limiting examples of such single agents are tandem and multi-armed RNAi les disclosed in PCT Patent Publication No. .
In some embodiments a small nucleic acid molecule is selected from a short interfering nucleic acid (siNA), double-stranded nucleic acid (dsNA), interfering R\IA (RNAi), short interfering RNA (siRNA), double-stranded RNA (dsRNA), micro-RNA (miRNA), and short hairpin RNA (shRNA) molecules capable of mediating or that mediate RNA interference against TLR2 and TLR4 gene expression. The ition and methods disclosed herein are also useful in treating or preventing inflammation and/or graft rejection associated with organ lantation, in particular lung transplantation, including treatment, prevention or ation of progression of primary graft failure, ischemia-reperfusion , reperfusion injury, reperfiJsion edema, allograft dysfilnction, pulmonary reimplantation response, iolitis obliterans after lung transplantation and/or primary graft dysfunction (PGD) after organ transplantation, in particular lung transplantation.
Nucleic acid molecule(s) and/or methods provided herein may be used to down regulate the expression of gene(s) that encode RNA referred to, by example, Genbank Accession numbers NM_003264.3 (TLR2), l69.l ,NM_138554.3 (TLR4) and NR_024168.1 (TLR4).
Compositions, methods and kits provided herein may include one or more nucleic acid molecules (e.g., dsNA) and methods that independently or in combination modulate (e.g., down-regulate) the expression of TLR2 and TLR4 protein and/or genes encoding TLR2 and TLR4 proteins associated with the maintenance and/or development of diseases, conditions or disorders such as acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), acute lung injury, pulmonary fibrosis (idiopathic), bleomycin induced pulmonary fibrosis, mechanical ventilation induced lung , chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), chronic bronchitis, emphysema, primary graft failure, ischemia-reperfusion injury, reperfilsion injury, reperfusion edema, allograft ction, pulmonary antation response, bronchiolitis obliterans after lung transplantation and/or y graft dysfiJnction (PGD) after organ transplantation, in particular in lung transplant (e.g., genes encoding sequences comprising those sequences referred to by GenBank ion Nos.
NM_003264.3, l69.l, NM_l38554.3 and NR_024l68.l, or a TLR2 and TLR4 gene family member where the genes or gene family sequences share ce homology).
The description of the various aspects and ments is provided with reference to exemplary genes TLR2 and TLR4. However, the various aspects and embodiments are also directed to other related TLR2 and TLR4 genes, such as homolog genes and transcript variants, and polymorphisms (e.g., single tide polymorphism, (SNPs)) associated with certain TLR2 and TLR4 genes. As such, the various s and embodiments are also directed to other genes that are involved in TLR2 and TLR4 mediated pathways of signal transduction or gene sion that are involved, for example, in the maintenance or development of diseases, traits, or conditions described herein. These additional genes can be analyzed for target sites using the methods described for the TLR2 and TLR4 genes herein. Thus, the tion of other genes and the effects of such modulation of the other genes can be performed, ined, and measured as described herein.
In one embodiment, compositions and methods provided herein include a double-stranded short interfering nucleic acid (dsNA) molecule that down-regulates expression of TLR2 gene (e.g., human TLR2 exemplified by SEQ ID NO:l), where the nucleic acid le includes about 17 to about 40 base pairs.
In one embodiment, compositions and methods provided herein include a double-stranded short interfering nucleic acid (dsNA) molecules that down-regulates expression of TLR2 gene and TLR4 gene (e.g., human TLR2 exemplified by SEQ ID NO:l and human TLR4 exemplified by SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:3 or SEQ ID NO:4), where the nucleic acid molecules includes about 17 to about 40 base pairs.
In one embodiment, a nucleic acid disclosed herein may be used to inhibit the expression of the TLR2 and/or TLR4 gene or a TLR2 and/or TLR4 gene family where the genes or gene family sequences share sequence homology. Such homologous sequences can be identified as is known in the art, for example using sequence alignments. Nucleic acid molecules can be designed to target such homologous sequences, for example using perfectly complementary sequences or by incorporating non-canonical base pairs, for example mismatches and/or wobble base pairs, that can provide additional target sequences.
In ces where mismatches are identified, non-canonical base pairs (for e, mismatches and/or wobble bases) can be used to generate nucleic acid les that target more than one gene sequence. In a non-limiting example, non-canonical base pairs such as UU and CC base pairs are used to generate nucleic acid molecules that are capable of targeting ces for differing TLR2 and/or TLR4 targets that share sequence homology.
As such, one age of using dsRNAs disclosed herein is that a single nucleic acid can be designed to include c acid sequence that is complementary to the nucleotide sequence that is conserved between the homologous genes. In this approach, a single nucleic acid can be used to inhibit sion of more than one gene instead of using more than one nucleic acid molecule to target the different genes.
Nucleic acid molecules may be used to target conserved sequences corresponding to a gene family or gene families such as TLR2 and/or TLR4 family genes.
As such, c acid molecules ing multiple TLR2 and/or TLR4 targets can provide increased therapeutic effect. In addition, nucleic acid can be used to characterize pathways of gene function in a variety of applications. For example, nucleic acid molecules can be used to inhibit the activity of target gene(s) in a pathway to determine the function of uncharacterized gene(s) in gene function analysis, mRNA fianction analysis, or translational analysis. The nucleic acid molecules can be used to determine potential target gene pathways involved in various diseases and conditions toward pharmaceutical development.
The nucleic acid molecules can be used to understand pathways of gene expression involved in, for example acute respiratory ss syndrome (ARDS), acute lung injury, pulmonary fibrosis (idiopathic), bleomycin induced pulmonary is, mechanical ventilation induced lung , chronic obstructive pulmonary disease , chronic bronchitis, emphysema, iolitis obliterans after lung transplantation, and/or inflammation and/or graft rejection, associated with organ transplantation-induced acute graft dysfiJnction, in particular lung lantation-induced acute graft ction.
In one embodiment, the compositions and methods provided herein include a nucleic acid le having RNAi activity against TLR2. In another embodiment, the compositions and methods provided herein include a nucleic acid molecule having RNAi activity against TLR2 RNA and a c acid le having RNAi activity against TLR4 RNA, where the nucleic acid molecule includes a sequence complementary to any RNA having TLR2 and/or TLR4 ng sequence. In another ment, a nucleic acid molecule may have RNAi activity against TLR2 and/or TLR4 RNA, where the nucleic acid molecule includes a sequence complementary to an RNA having variant TLR2 and/or TLR4 encoding sequence, for example other mutant TLR2 and/or TLR4 genes known in the art to be associated with the maintenance and/or development of lung disease, disorder or injury as described herein. In r embodiment, a nucleic acid le disclosed herein includes a nucleotide sequence that can interact with nucleotide sequence of a TLR2 and/or TLR4 gene and thereby mediate silencing of TLR2 and/or TLR4, respectively, gene expression, for example, n the nucleic acid molecule mediates regulation of TLR2 and/or TLR4 gene expression by cellular processes that modulate the chromatin ure or methylation patterns of the TLR2 and/or TLR4 gene and prevent transcription of the TLR2 and/or TLR4 gene.
Antibody y In some embodiments the inhibitor or therapeutic agent as provided herein comprises and antibody. It should be understood that when the terms ody" or "antibodies" are used, this is intended to include intact dies, such as polyclonal antibodies or monoclonal antibodies , as well as proteolytic fragments thereof such as the Fab or F(ab')2 fragments. Further included within the scope of the provided methods and compositions are chimeric antibodies; human and zed antibodies; recombinant and engineered antibodies, and fragments thereof Furthermore, the DNA encoding the variable region of the antibody can be inserted into the DNA encoding other antibodies to produce chimeric dies (see, for example, US Patent No.4,816,567). Single chain antibodies fall within the scope of the present inventions. Single chain antibodies can be single chain composite polypeptides having antigen binding capabilities and comprising amino acid sequences homologous or analogous to the variable regions of an immunoglobulin light and heavy chain (linked VH-VL or single chain Fv ). Both VH and VL may copy natural monoclonal antibody sequences or one or both of the chains may comprise a CDR-FR construct of the type described in US Patent No. 513, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. The separate polypeptides analogous to the le s of the light and heavy chains are held together by a polypeptide linker.
Methods of production of such single chain antibodies, particularly where the DNA encoding the polypeptide ures of the VH and VL chains are known, may be lished in accordance with the methods described, for example, in US Patent Nos. 4,946,778, 5,091,513 and 5,096,815, the entire contents of each of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference.
] Additionally, CDR grafting may be performed to alter certain properties of the dy molecule including affinity or specificity. A non-limiting example of CDR grafting is disclosed in US Patent No. 5,225,539.
Methods of Treatment Provided herein is a method for treating a lung disorder or injury in a mammal in need thereof comprising administering to the mammal at least one therapeutic agent selected from a TLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug; in an amount effect to treat the mammal. 2012/027169 In various embodiments the therapeutic agent is ed from the group consisting of a small molecule chemical nd; a protein; an antibody or fragment thereof; a e, a peptidomimetic and a nucleic acid molecule.
Provided herein is a method for treating a lung disorder or injury in a mammal in need thereof comprising administering to the mammal at least two therapeutic agents selected from: (i) at least one TLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof and (ii) at least one TLR4 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof; in an amount effective to treat the mammal. In some embodiments the therapeutic agent is a combined inhibitor by which it is meant a single agent which is e of inhibiting the expression and/or activity of both TLR2 gene or gene products thereof and TLR4 gene or gene products thereof.
In s embodiments each therapeutic agent is independently selected from the group consisting of a small molecule chemical compound; a protein; an antibody or fragment thereof; a peptide, a peptidomimetic and a nucleic acid molecule.
In one embodiment, nucleic acid molecules may be used to down-regulate or inhibit the expression of TLR2 and TLR4 proteins arising from TLR2 and TLR4 haplotype polymorphisms that are associated with a disease or condition, (e. g. lung disease, disorder or injury as described herein). Analysis of TLR2 and TLR4 genes, or TLR2 and TLR4 protein or RNA levels can be used to fy subjects with such polymorphisms or those subjects who are at risk of developing traits, conditions, or diseases described herein. These subjects are amenable to ent, for example, treatment with nucleic acid molecules sed herein and any other composition useful in treating diseases related to TLR2 and/or TLR4 gene expression. As such, analysis of TLR2 and/or TLR4 protein or RNA levels can be used to ine treatment type and the course of therapy in treating a subject. Monitoring of TLR2 and/or TLR4 protein or RNA levels can be used to t treatment outcome and to determine the y of compounds and compositions that modulate the level and/or activity of certain TLR2 and/or TLR4 proteins ated with a trait, condition, or e described herein.
In preferred embodiments the subject being treated is a warm-blooded animal and, in particular, mammals including human and non-human primates.
Provided are compositions and methods for inhibition of TLR2 and TLR4 expression by using small nucleic acid molecules as ed herein, such as short ering nucleic acid (siNA), double-stranded nucleic acid , interfering R\IA (RNAi), short interfering RNA (siRNA), double-stranded RNA (dsRNA), micro-RNA (miRNA), and short hairpin RNA (shRNA) molecules capable of mediating or that mediate RNA interference against TLR2 and/or TLR4 gene expression. The composition and methods disclosed herein are also useful in treating various lung disorders and injury such as acute respiratory distress me (ARDS), acute lung injury, pulmonary fibrosis (idiopathic), bleomycin induced ary fibrosis, mechanical ventilator induced lung injury, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), chronic bronchitis, emphysema, bronchiolitis obliterans after lung transplantation and lung transplantation-induced acute graft dysfunction. The itions and methods disclosed herein are also useful in treating or preventing inflammation and/or graft rejection associated with organ lantation, in particular lung transplantation, including treatment, prevention or attenuation of progression of primary graft failure, ia-reperfusion , reperfusion injury, reperfusion edema, allograft dysfunction, pulmonary reimplantation response, bronchiolitis obliterans after lung transplantation and/or primary graft ction (PGD) after organ transplantation, in particular lung transplantation.
The nucleic acid les disclosed herein individually, or in ation or in conjunction with other drugs, can be use for preventing or treating diseases, traits, conditions and/or disorders associated with TLR2 and/or TLR4, such as lung disorders or injury and graft rejection associated with organ transplantation, in particular lung transplantation.
The nucleic acid molecules sed herein are able to down-regulate the expression of TLR2 and/or TLR4 in a sequence specific manner. The nucleic acid molecules may include a sense strand and an antisense strand, which includes contiguous nucleotides that are at least partially complementary (antisense) to a TLR2 and/or TLR4 mRNA.
In some embodiments, dsRNA specific for TLR2 and/or TLR4 can be used in conjunction with other dsRNA.
Lung disorders and injury can be treated by RNA erence using nucleic acid molecules as disclosed herein. Exemplary lung disorders and injuries are disclosed herein. The nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein may inhibit the expression of TLR2 and/or TLR4 in a sequence ic manner.
] Treatment of lung injury can be monitored by determining the level of Pa02 using suitable techniques known in the art. Treatment can also be monitored by ining total and differential bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL) counts of different cell populations (e. g. neutrophils, lymphocytes, monocytes, eosinophils, ils) using suitable techniques known in the art. Treatment can also be monitored by determining the level of TLR2 and/or TLR4 mRNA or the level of TLR2 and/or TLR4 protein in the cells of the ed tissue.
Treatment can also be monitored by non-invasive scanning of the affected organ or tissue such as by computer assisted tomography scan, magnetic resonance elastography scans and other le techniques known in the art.
A method for treating or preventing TLR2 associated disease or condition in a subject or organism may include contacting the subject or organism with a nucleic acid le as provided herein under conditions suitable to down-regulate the expression of TLR2 gene in the subject or organism. A method for treating or preventing TLR2 and TLR4 associated disease or condition in a subject or organism may include contacting the subject or organism with nucleic acid molecules as ed herein under conditions le to down-regulate the expression of TLR2 and TLR4 genes in the subject or organism.
A method for treating or preventing lung disease, disorder or injury in a subject or organism may include contacting the subject or organism with a nucleic acid molecule under conditions suitable to down-regulate the sion of TLR2 gene in the subject or organism.
A method for treating or preventing lung disease, disorder or injury in a subject or organism may e contacting the subject or organism with a nucleic acid molecule under ions suitable to down-regulate the sion of TLR2 gene and with a nucleic acid molecule under conditions suitable to down-regulate the sion of both, TLR4 gene, in the subject or organism.
A method for treating or preventing one or more lung diseases or ers selected from the group consisting of acute respiratory distress syndrome , acute lung injury, pulmonary fibrosis (idiopathic), bleomycin induced pulmonary fibrosis, mechanical ventilator induced lung injury, c obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), chronic bronchitis, emphysema, bronchiolitis obliterans after lung transplantation and graft rejection associated with organ transplantation, in particular lung transplantation, in a subject or organism may e contacting the subject or organism with a nucleic acid molecule under conditions suitable to down-regulate the expression of TLR2 gene in the subject or organism.
A method for treating or preventing one or more lung diseases or ers selected from the group consisting of acute atory distress syndrome (ARDS), acute lung injury, pulmonary fibrosis (idiopathic), bleomycin induced pulmonary fibrosis, mechanical ventilation induced lung injury, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), chronic bronchitis, emphysema, bronchiolitis obliterans after lung transplantation and graft rejection ated with organ transplantation, in particular lung transplantation, in a subject or organism may include contacting the subject or organism with a nucleic acid molecule under ions suitable to down-regulate the expression of TLR2 and with a nucleic acid molecule under conditions suitable to egulate the expression of TLR4 gene, in the subject or organism.
In various embodiments the provided methods of treating a lung disease, er or injury comprise inhibiting the gene ike receptor 2 (TLR2) in combination with one or more additional treatment methods selected from the group consisting of surgery, steroid therapy, non-steroid therapy, antiviral therapy, antifungal therapy, immunosuppressant therapy, anti-infective y, anti-hypertensive therapy and nutritional supplements. In various embodiments the provided methods of treating a lung e, disorder or injury, comprise down-regulating the gene Toll-like receptor 2 (TLR2) in combination with immunosuppressant therapy.
In various embodiments the provided methods of treating a lung disease, disorder or injury comprise down-regulating the genes Toll-like receptor 2 (TLR2) and Toll- like receptor 4 (TLR4) in combination with one or more additional treatment methods selected from the group consisting of surgery, steroid therapy, non-steroid therapy, antiviral therapy, ngal therapy, immunosuppressant therapy, anti-infective therapy, anti- hypertensive therapy and nutritional supplements. In various ments the provided methods of ng a lung e, disorder or injury comprise down-regulating the Toll-like or 2 (TLR2) gene and down-regulating the Toll-like receptor 4 (TLR4) gene, in ation with immunosuppressant y.
Lung disorders and Injury ] The methods and compositions disclosed herein are useful in treating a subject experiencing or suffering from or at risk of suffering from acute respiratory distress 2012/027169 me (ARDS), acute lung injury, pulmonary fibrosis (idiopathic), bleomycin induced pulmonary fibrosis, mechanical ventilator induced lung injury, chronic ctive pulmonary e (COPD), chronic bronchitis, emphysema and l complication of lung transplantation, including, without being limited to, primary graft failure, ischemia- reperfilsion injury, reperfusion injury, reperfusion edema, allograft dysfunction, pulmonary reimplantation response, bronchiolitis obliterans after lung transplantation and/or y graft dysfunction (PGD).
Acute Respiratory ss Syndrome [ARDS] ARDS is defined as an acute condition characterized by ral pulmonary infiltrates and severe hypoxemia in the absence of evidence for cardiogenic pulmonary edema. Acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS) is associated with diffuse alveolar damage (DAD) and lung capillary endothelial injury. The early phase is described as being exudative, whereas the later phase is fibroproliferative in character.
Early ARDS is characterized by an increase in the permeability of the alveolar-capillary barrier leading to an influx of fluid into the alveoli. The alveolar-capillary barrier is formed by the microvascular endothelium and the lial lining of the i.
Hence, a variety of insults resulting in damage either to the vascular endothelium or to the alveolar epithelium could result in ARDS. The main site of injury may be d on either the vascular endothelium (e.g., ) or the alveolar epithelium (e.g., aspiration of gastric contents). [0039l] Injury to the endothelium results in sed capillary permeability and the influx of protein-rich fluid into the alveolar space. Injury to the alveolar lining cells also promotes pulmonary edema formation. Two types of alveolar epithelial cells exist. Type I cells, comprising 90% of the alveolar epithelium, are injured easily. Damage to type I cells allows both increased entry of fluid into the alveoli and decreased clearance of fluid from the alveolar space. Type II cells have several important functions, including the production of tant, ion transport, and proliferation and differentiation into type I cells after ar injury. Damage to type II cells results in decreased production of surfactant with resultant decreased compliance and alveolar collapse. erence with the normal repair processes in the lung may lead to the development of fibrosis.
ARDS causes marked increase in intrapulmonary shunt, leading to severe hypoxemia. Although high inspired oxygen concentrations are required to maintain adequate tissue oxygenation and life, additional measures, like lung tment with positive end- expiratory pressure (PEEP), is often required. ARDS is mly associated with pulmonary hypertension. Pulmonary artery vasoconstriction likely contributes to ventilation-perfilsion mismatch and is one of the mechanisms of hypoxemia in ARDS. Normalization of pulmonary artery pressures occurs as the syndrome resolves. Morbidity is considerable.
Patients with ARDS are likely to have prolonged hospital s, and they frequently develop nosocomial ions, ally ator-associated pneumonia. In addition, patients often have significant weight loss and muscle weakness and fianctional impairment may persist for months ing hospital discharge. Most of the deaths in ARDS are attributable to sepsis or multiorgan failure rather than a primary pulmonary cause, gh the recent success of mechanical ventilation using smaller tidal volumes may suggest a role of lung injury as a direct cause of death.
Acute Lun In'u ALI Acute lung injury (ALI) is a diffuse heterogeneous lung injury characterized by hypoxemia, non cardiogenic pulmonary edema, low lung compliance and read capillary leakage. ALI is caused by any stimulus of local or systemic inflammation, principally sepsis.
] There are two forms of ALI. Primary ALI is caused by a direct injury to the lung (e.g., pneumonia). Secondary ALI is caused by an indirect insult (e.g., pancreatitis).
There are two stages — the acute phase characterized by disruption of the alveolar-capillary interface, leakage of protein rich fluid into the titium and alveolar space, and extensive release of cytokines and migration of neutrophils. A later reparative phase is characterized by flbroproliferation and remodeling of lung tissue.
The core pathology is disruption of the capillary-endothelial interface: this actually refers to two separate barriers — the elium and the basement ne of the alveolus. In the acute phase of ALI, there is increased permeability of this barrier, and protein rich fluid leaks out of the capillaries. There are two types of alveolar epithelial cells — Type 1 pneumocytes represent 90% of the cell surface area, and are easily damaged. Type 2 pneumocytes are more resistant to damage, which is important as these cells produce tant, transport ions and proliferate and differentiate into Type 1 cells.
The damage to the endothelium and the alveolar epithelium results in the creation of an open interface between the lung and the blood, facilitating the spread of micro-organisms from the lung systemically, stoking up a systemic atory response.
Moreover, the injury to epithelial cells handicaps the lung’s ability to pump fluid out of airspaces. Fluid filled airspaces, loss of surfactant, microvascular thrombosis and disorganized repair (which leads to fibrosis) reduces resting lung volumes (decreased compliance), increasing ventilation-perfilsion mismatch, right to left shunt and the work of breathing. In addition, lymphatic drainage of lung units appears to be led — stunned by the acute injury: this contributes to the build up of extravascular fluid.
The patient has low lung s, atelectasis, loss of compliance, ventilation- perfusion mismatch (increased deadspace), and right to left shunt. Clinical features are - severe dyspnea, tachypnea, and resistant hypoxemia.
Prolonged inflammation and destruction of pneumocytes leads to fibroblastic proliferation, hyaline ne formation and lung fibrosis. This fibrosing alveolitis may become apparent as early as five days after the l . Subsequent recovery may be characterized by reduced physiologic reserve, and increased tibility to fiarther lung injuries. Extensive microvascular thrombosis may lead to pulmonary hypertension, myocardial dysfunction and systemic hypotension.
Pulmonary Fibrosis [idiopathic] Idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF) is an idiopathic titial pneumonia that is characterized athologically by the presence of usual interstitial pneumonia. The rk pathologic feature of usual interstitial pneumonia is a heterogeneous, variegated appearance with alternating areas of healthy lung, interstitial inflammation, fibrosis, and honeycomb change. Fibrosis predominates over inflammation. thic pulmonary fibrosis portends a poor prognosis, and, to date, no proven effective therapies are available for the treatment of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis beyond lung transplantation.
The etiology of idiopathic ary fibrosis remains ed; however, in the t hypothesis regarding the pathogenesis of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF), exposure to an inciting agent (eg, smoke, environmental pollutants, environmental dust, viral infections, gastroesophageal reflux disease, chronic tion) in a susceptible host may lead to the initial alveolar epithelial damage. This damage may lead to activation of the alveolar epithelial cells, which provokes the ion, proliferation, and activation of mesenchymal cells with the formation of fibroblastic/myofibroblastic foci, leading to the exaggerated lation of extracellular matrix with the rsible destruction of the lung parenchyma.
Other potential causes of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis have been recognized through the study of familial pulmonary fibrosis. Familial pulmonary fibrosis may represent % of all cases of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis. Genetic mutations in serum surfactant protein C have been discovered in some individuals with familial pulmonary fibrosis. It is believed these mutations in serum surfactant protein C may damage type II ar epithelial cells. Additionally, it has been described that mutant telomerase is associated with familial idiopathic ary fibrosis.
Bleomycin Induced Pulmonam Fibrosis Bleomycin is a glycopeptide antibiotic that was isolated from a strain of bacterium Streptomyces verticillus. Bleomycin refers to a family of structurally related compounds. When used as an anticancer agent, the chemotherapeutical forms are primarily bleomycin A2 and B2. It works by causing breaks in DNA. The drug is used in the treatment of variety of ancies, including squamous cell oma of the head and neck, cervix, and esophagus; germ cell ; testicular cancer; and both Hodgkin and non-Hodgkin ma. Other anti-cancer drugs (such as for example cyclophosphamide and methotrexate) may cause lung s similarly to cin.
A serious complication of bleomycin therapy is pulmonary fibrosis / titial pulmonary fibrosis (also called fibrosing alveolitis) and impaired lung function.
Other, less common forms of lung injury include organizing nia and hypersensitivity pneumonitis .
Chronic Obstructive Pulmona Disease COPD Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), also known as chronic obstructive lung disease (COLD), chronic obstructive airway disease (COAD), chronic airflow limitation (CAL) and chronic obstructive respiratory disease , refers to chronic bronchitis and emphysema, a pair of ly co-existing diseases of the lungs in which the airways become narrowed. This leads to a limitation of the flow of air to and from the lungs causing shortness of breath. In clinical practice, COPD is defined by its characteristically low airflow on lung filnction tests. In contrast to asthma, this limitation is poorly ible and usually gets progressively worse over time.
COPD is caused by noxious particles or gas, most ly from tobacco smoking, which triggers an abnormal inflammatory response in the lung. The inflammatory response in the larger s is known as chronic itis, which is diagnosed clinically when people regularly cough up sputum. In the alveoli, the inflammatory response causes destruction of the tissues of the lung, a process known as emphysema. The natural course of COPD is characterized by occasional sudden worsenings of symptoms called acute bations, most of which are caused by infections or air ion.
Both emphysematous destruction and small airway inflammation often are found in combination in individual patients, leading to the spectrum that is known as COPD. When ema is moderate or severe, loss of elastic recoil, rather than bronchiolar disease, is the mechanism of airflow limitation. By contrast, when emphysema is mild, bronchiolar abnormalities are most responsible for the deficit in lung on.
Although airflow obstruction in emphysema is often irreversible, bronchoconstriction due to inflammation accounts for a limited amount of ibility. [0041 1] Pathological changes in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) occur in the large (central) airways, the small (peripheral) bronchioles, and the lung parenchyma.
The pathogenic mechanisms are not clear but most likely involve diverse mechanisms. The increased number of activated polymorphonuclear leukocytes and hages e elastases in a manner that cannot be racted effectively by antiproteases, resulting in lung destruction. The primary offender has been human leukocyte elastase, with a possible synergistic role suggested for proteinase 3 and macrophage-derived matrix proteinases, cysteine proteinases, and a plasminogen tor. Additionally, increased oxidative stress caused by free radicals in cigarette smoke, the oxidants released by phagocytes, and rphonuclear leukocytes all may lead to sis or necrosis of d cells.
Accelerated aging and autoimmune mechanisms have also been proposed as having roles in the pathogenesis of COPD.
Chronic Bronchitis Chronic bronchitis is a chronic inflammation of the bronchi (medium-size airways) in the lungs. It is generally considered one of the two forms of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). It is defined clinically as a persistent cough that produces sputum and mucus, for at least three months in two consecutive years. Mucous gland enlargement is the histologic hallmark of chronic bronchitis. The structural changes described in the airways include atrophy, focal squamous asia, ciliary abnormalities, le amounts of airway smooth muscle hyperplasia, ation, and bronchial wall ning. Neutrophilia develops in the airway lumen, and neutrophilic infiltrates accumulate in the submucosa. The respiratory bronchioles display a mononuclear inflammatory process, lumen occlusion by mucous plugging, goblet cell metaplasia, smooth muscle hyperplasia, and distortion due to fibrosis. These changes, combined with loss of supporting alveolar attachments, cause airflow limitation by allowing airway walls to deform and narrow the airway lumen.
Emphysema ] Emphysema is a long-term, progressive disease of the lungs that primarily causes shortness of breath. In people with emphysema, the tissues necessary to support the physical shape and fianction of the lungs are destroyed. It is ed in a group of COPD.
Emphysema is called an obstructive lung disease because the destruction of lung tissue around smaller sacs, called alveoli, makes these air sacs unable to hold their functional shape upon exhalation. It is often caused by smoking or long-term exposure to air pollution.
Emphysema has 3 morphologic patterns. The first type, centriacinar emphysema, is characterized by focal destruction limited to the respiratory bronchioles and the central portions of acinus. This form of emphysema is ated with cigarette smoking and is most severe in the upper lobes. The second type, panacinar emphysema, involves the entire alveolus distal to the terminal iole. The panacinar type is most severe in the lower lung zones and generally develops in patients with homozygous alpha1-antitrypsin (AAT) ncy. The third type, distal acinar emphysema or paraseptal emphysema, is the least common form and es distal airway structures, ar ducts, and sacs. This form of emphysema is localized to f1brous septa or to the pleura and leads to formation of bullae.
The apical bullae may cause thorax. Paraseptal ema is not associated with airflow obstruction.
Lung Transplantation and its Comp_lications The term "lung transplantation" is meant to encompass a surgical procedure in which a patient's diseased lungs are partially or totally replaced by lungs which come from a donor. Although a xenotransplant can be contemplated in certain situations, an allotransplant is usually preferable.
Lung lantation has become a treatment of choice for patients with advanced / end-stage lung diseases. Indications for lung transplantation include chronic ctive pulmonary disease (COPD), pulmonary hypertension, cystic fibrosis, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, and Eisenmenger me. Typically, four different surgical techniques are used: single-lung transplantation, bilateral tial transplantation, combined heart- lung transplantation, and lobar transplantation, with the majority of organs obtained from deceased donors. Within last decades, donor management, organ vation, immunosuppressive regimens and control of infectious complications have been substantially improved and the operative techniques of transplantation procedures have been developed. Nonetheless, primary graft dysfunction (PGD) s an estimated 10 to 25% of lung lants and is the leading cause of early post-transplantation morbidity and mortality for lung recipients (Lee JC and Christie JD. 2009. Proc Am Thorac Soc, vol. 6: 39- 46). PGD manifests as an acute lung injury defined by diffilse infiltrates on chest X-ray and abnormal oxygenation. There, there is some evidence to suggest a relationship between reperfiJsion injury, acute rejection, and the uent pment of chronic graft dysfunction. Chronic rejection, known as obliterative iolitis/bronchiolitis obliterans syndrome (BOS), is the key reason why the five year survival is only 50%, which is significantly worse than most other solid organ transplants. Investigators have recently demonstrated that PGD increases the risk of the pment of BOS ndent of other risk factors, and the severity of PGD is directly ated with increased risk for BOS (Daud SA, Yusen RD et al. 2007 Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2007;175(5):507—513).
] Bronchiolitis Obliterans after Lung Transplantation Bronchiolitis obliterans, and its clinical correlate bronchiolitis obliterans syndrome, affect up to 50—60% of patients who survive 5 years after transplantation. In most patients, bronchiolitis obliterans is a progressive process that responds poorly to augmented immunosuppression, and it ts for more than 30% of all deaths occurring after the third postoperative year. Survival at 5 years after the onset of bronchiolitis obliterans is only 30— 40%, and survival at 5 years after transplantation is 20—40% lower in patients with than in patients without bronchiolitis obliterans.
The diagnosis of bronchiolitis obliterans is based on histology, but histologic proof is often difficult to obtain using transbronchial lung biopsies. Therefore, in 1993, a committee sponsored by the International Society for Heart and Lung Transplantation (ISHLT) proposed a clinical ption of bronchiolitis obliterans, termed BOS, which is based on changes in FEVl. For each patient, a stable post-transplant baseline FEV1 is defined as BOS stage 0; in patients who experience a decrease in FEVl, progressive stages of B08, from 1 to 3, are defined according to the magnitude of the decrease. Although this classification system has been adopted by transplant centers worldwide as a useful ptor of chronic allograft dysfunction, concern has been raised regarding its ability to detect small changes in pulmonary function. This n ly led to formulation of a revised classification system for B08, which includes a new "potential-BOS" stage (BOS 0-p) defined as a decrease in midexpiratory flow rates (FE 25,75) and/or FEV1. The rationale for including FEF25,75 comes from studies in heart—lung and bilateral lung recipients, which showed that this variable deteriorates before FEV1 at the onset of B08. The new BOS 0-p stage is meant to alert the physician and to indicate the need for close functional monitoring and for in-depth assessment using surrogate markers for B08. r, the usefulness of stage BOS 0-p in recipients of single lungs, in particular those with emphysema, still needs to be established.
The histopathological features of bronchiolitis obliterans suggest that injury and inflammation of epithelial cells and subepithelial structures of small airways lead to excessive fibroproliferation due to ineffective lial regeneration and aberrant tissue repair. In parallel with the concept of "injury response" that has been proposed to explain chronic dysfunction of other organ allografts, airway injury may occur via alloimmune- dependent and -independent mechanisms acting alone or in combination. The evolving t is that bronchiolitis obliterans represents a "final common pathway" lesion, in which various insults can lead to a similar histological and clinical result. Yet the rarity of this syndrome in untransplanted duals ts that alloimmune-dependent mechanisms usually play a l role.
Delivery of Nucleic Acid Molecules and Pharmaceutical ations Nucleic acid molecules may be adapted for use to prevent or treat lung diseases, injuries, traits, conditions and/or disorders, alone or in ation with other ies. A nucleic acid molecule may e a delivery vehicle, including liposomes, for stration to a subject, rs and diluents and their salts, and/or can be present in pharmaceutically able formulations.
Nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein may be delivered or administered as the compound per se (i.e. naked nucleic acid molecule) or as pharmaceutically acceptable salt and may be delivered or administered alone or as an active ingredient in combination with one or more ceutically acceptable carrier, solvent, diluent, excipient, nt and/or vehicle. In some ments, nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein are delivered to the target tissue by direct application of the naked molecules prepared with a r or a diluent.
The term "naked nucleic acid molecule" refers to nucleic acid molecules that are free from any delivery e that acts to assist, promote or facilitate entry into the cell, including e.g. viral vectors, viral sequences, viral particles, liposome formulations, lipofectin or precipitating agents and the like. For example, siRNA in PBS is "naked siRNA". c acid molecules may be red or administered to a subject by direct application of the nucleic acid molecules with a carrier or diluent or any other delivery vehicle that acts to assist, e or facilitate entry into a cell, including e. g. viral vectors, viral sequences, viral ular, liposome formulations, lipofectin or precipitating agents and the like. Polypeptides that facilitate introduction of nucleic acid into a desired subject are described in US Application Publication No. 20070155658 (e.g., a melamine derivative such as 2,4,6-Triguanidino Traizine and 2,4,6-Tramidosarcocyl Melamine, a polyarginine polypeptide, and a polypeptide including alternating glutamine and asparagine residues).
Methods for the delivery of nucleic acid molecules are described in Akhtar et al., Trends Cell Bio., 2: 139 (1992); Delivery Strategies for Antisense Oligonucleotide Therapeutics, ed. Akhtar, (1995), Maurer et al., Mol. Membr. Biol., 16: 129-140 (1999); Hofland and Huang, Handb. Exp. Pharmacol., 137: 165-192 (1999); and Lee et al., ACS Symp. Ser., 752: 184-192 (2000); US. Pat. Nos. 6,395,713; 6,235,310; 182; ,169,383; 5,167,616; 4,959217; 4.925,678; 603; and 4,486,194 and an et al., PCT WO 95; PCT WO 00/03683 and PCT WO 02/08754; and US. Patent Application Publication No. 2003077829. These protocols can be utilized for the delivery of virtually any nucleic acid molecule. Nucleic acid molecules can be administered to cells by a variety of methods known to those of skill in the art, including, but not restricted to, encapsulation in liposomes, by iontophoresis, or by incorporation into other vehicles, such as biodegradable polymers, hydrogels, cyclodextrins (see e.g., Gonzalez et al., jugate Chem., 10: 1068-1074 (1999); Wang et al., International PCT publication Nos. WO 03/47518 and WO 03/46185), poly(lactic-co-glycolic)acid (PLGA) and PLCA microspheres (see for e US. Pat. No. 6,447,796 and US. Application Publication No. 2002130430), biodegradable nanocapsules, and bioadhesive microspheres, or by naceous vectors (O’Hare and Normand, International PCT Publication No. WO 00/53722). Alternatively, the nucleic acid ition/ combination is locally delivered by direct injection, oral instillation, inhalation or by use of an infilsion pump. Direct injection of the nucleic acid molecules as provided herein, whether e.g. intratracheal, subcutaneous, uscular, or intradermal, can take place using standard needle and syringe methodologies, or by -free technologies such as those described in Conry et al., Clin.
Cancer Res., 5: 2330-2337 (1999) and Barry et al., ational PCT Publication No. WO 99/31262. The molecules provided herein can be used as pharmaceutical .
Pharmaceutical agents prevent, modulate the occurrence, or treat (alleviate a symptom to some extent, preferably all of the symptoms) of a disease state in a subject.
Nucleic acid molecules may be complexed with cationic lipids, ed within liposomes, or otherwise delivered to target cells or tissues. The nucleic acid or nucleic acid complexes can be y administered to relevant tissues ex vivo, or in vivo through direct dermal application, transdermal application, or injection, with or without their incorporation in biopolymers. ry systems include surface-modified liposomes containing poly (ethylene glycol) lipids (PEG-modified, or long-circulating liposomes or stealth liposomes).
These formulations offer a method for increasing the accumulation of drugs in target tissues.
This class of drug carriers resists opsonization and elimination by the mononuclear phagocytic system (MPS or RES), thereby enabling longer blood circulation times and enhanced tissue exposure for the encapsulated drug (Lasic et al. Chem. Rev. 1995, 95, 2601- 2627; Ishiwata et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1995, 43, 1005-1011).
] Nucleic acid molecules may be formulated or xed with polyethylenimine (e.g., linear or branched PEI) and/or polyethylenimine derivatives, including for example polyethyleneimine-polyethyleneglycol-N-acetylgalactosamine (PEIPEG-GAL ) or polyethyleneiminepolyethylene-glycol-tri-N-acetylgalactosamine (PEI-PEG- triGAL) derivatives, grafted PEIs such as ose PEI, cholesterol PEI, antibody derivatized PEI, and polyethylene glycol PEI (PEG-PEI) derivatives thereof (see for example Ogris et al., 2001, AAPA PharmSci, 3, 1-11; Furgeson et al., 2003, Bioconjugate Chem., 14, 840-847; Kunath et al., 2002, Pharmaceutical ch, 19, 810-817; Choi et al., 2001, Bull.
Korean Chem. Soc., 22, 46-52; Bettinger et al., 1999, Bioconjugate Chem., 10, 558-561; Peterson et al., 2002, Bioconjugate Chem., 13, 4; Erbacher et al., 1999, Journal of Gene ne Preprint, 1, 1-18; Godbey et al., 1999, PNAS USA, 96, 5177-5181; Godbey et al., 1999, Journal of Controlled Release, 60, 149-160; d et al., 1999, Journal of Biological Chemistry, 274, 19087-19094; Thomas and Klibanov, 2002, PNAS USA, 99, 14640-14645; Sagara, US. Pat. No. 524 and United States Patent ation Publication No. 20030077829).
Nucleic acid molecules may be complexed with ne disruptive agents such as those described in US. Patent Application Publication No. 20010007666. The membrane disruptive agent or agents and the nucleic acid molecule may also be complexed with a cationic lipid or helper lipid molecule, such as those lipids described in US. Pat. No. 6,235,310.
The nucleic acid molecules may be delivered or administered via a pulmonary delivery, such as by inhalation of an aerosol or spray dried formulation stered by an inhalation device or nebulizer, providing rapid local uptake of the nucleic acid molecules into relevant pulmonary tissues. Solid particulate compositions containing respirable dry particles of micronized nucleic acid compositions can be prepared by grinding dried or lyophilized nucleic acid compositions, and then passing the micronized composition through, for example, a 400 mesh screen to break up or separate out large agglomerates. A solid particulate composition comprising the nucleic acid compositions provided herein can optionally n a dispersant which serves to facilitate the formation of an aerosol as well as other therapeutic compounds. A suitable dispersant is lactose, which can be blended with the nucleic acid compound in any suitable ratio, such as a 1 to 1 ratio by weight. ls of liquid particles may include a nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein and can be produced by any suitable means, such as with a zer (see e.g., US.
Pat. No. 4,501,729). Nebulizers are commercially available devices which transform solutions or suspensions of an active ingredient into a eutic aerosol mist either by means of acceleration of a compressed gas, lly air or oxygen, through a narrow venturi orifice or by means of ultrasonic agitation. Suitable formulations for use in nebulizers include the active ingredient(s) in a liquid carrier in an amount of up to 40% w/w ably less than 20% w/w of the formulation. The carrier is typically water or a dilute aqueous alcoholic on, preferably made isotonic with body fluids by the addition of, e. g., sodium de or other suitable salts. Optional additives include preservatives if the ation is not prepared sterile, e.g., methyl hydroxybenzoate, anti-oxidants, ngs, volatile oils, buffering agents and fiers and other formulation surfactants. The aerosols of solid particles including the active composition and surfactant can likewise be produced with any solid particulate l generator. Aerosol generators for administering solid particulate therapeutics to a subject produce les, which are respirable, as explained above, and generate a volume of aerosol ning a predetermined metered dose of a therapeutic composition at a rate suitable for human stration. One illustrative type of solid particulate aerosol generator is an insufflator. Suitable formulations for stration by insuffiation include finely comminuted powders, which can be delivered by means of an insuffiator. In the insuffiator, the powder, e.g., a d dose f effective to carry out the treatments described herein, is contained in capsules or cartridges, lly made of gelatin or plastic, which are either pierced or opened in situ and the powder delivered by air drawn through the device upon inhalation or by means of a manually-operated pump. The powder employed in the insufflator consists either solely of the active ingredient or of a powder blend comprising the active ingredient(s), a suitable powder diluent, such as lactose, and an optional surfactant. The active ingredient(s) typically includes from 0.1 to 100 w/w of the formulation. A second type of illustrative aerosol generator includes a metered dose inhaler. Metered dose inhalers are pressurized aerosol dispensers, typically containing a suspension or solution formulation of the active ingredient in a liquefied propellant. During use these devices discharge the formulation through a valve adapted to deliver a metered volume to produce a fine particle spray containing the active ient(s). Suitable propellants e certain chlorofluorocarbon compounds, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane and mixtures thereof The formulation can additionally contain one or more co-solvents, for example, ethanol, emulsifiers and other formulation tants, such as oleic acid or an trioleate, anti-oxidants and suitable flavoring agents. Other methods for pulmonary delivery are described in, e.g., US Patent ation Publication No. 37780, and US Patent Nos. 6,592,904; 6,582,728; 6,565,885.
Delivery systems may include, for example, aqueous and nonaqueous gels, creams, multiple emulsions, microemulsions, liposomes, ointments, s and nonaqueous solutions, lotions, aerosols, hydrocarbon bases and powders, and can contain excipients such as solubilizers, permeation enhancers (e. g., fatty acids, fatty acid esters, fatty alcohols and amino acids), and hydrophilic polymers (e.g., polycarbophil and polyvinylpyrolidone). In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is a me or a transdermal enhancer. Examples of liposomes which can be used in accordance with the compositions and s provided herein include the following: (1) CellFectin, l:l.5 (M/M) me formulation of the cationic lipid N,NI,NII,NIII- tetramethyl-N,NI,NII,NIII-tetrapalmit-y-spermine and dioleoyl phosphatidyl-ethanolamine WO 18910 (DOPE) (GIBCO BRL); (2) Cytofectin GSV, 2:1 (M/M) liposome formulation of a cationic lipid and DOPE (Glen Research); (3) DOTAP (N-[1-(2,3-dioleoyloxy)-N,N,N-tri-methyl- ammoniummethylsulfate) (Boehringer Manheim); and (4) Lipofectamine, 3:1 (M/M) liposome formulation of the polycationic lipid DOSPA, the neutral lipid DOPE (GIBCO BRL) and Di-Alkylated Amino Acid (DiLA2).
Nucleic acid molecules may include a bioconjugate, for example a nucleic acid ate as described in Vargeese et al., US. Ser. No. 10/427,160; US. Pat. No. 6,528,631; US. Pat. No. 6,335,434; US. Pat. No. 6,235,886; US. Pat. No. 6,153,737; US.
Pat. No. 5,214,136; US. Pat. No. 5,138,045.
Expression of nucleic acid molecules Compositions, methods and kits disclosed herein may include an expression vector that includes a nucleic acid sequence encoding at least one nucleic acid le of such as provided herein in a manner that allows expression of the nucleic acid molecule.
Methods of introducing c acid molecules or one or more vectors capable of sing the strands of dsRNA into the environment of the cell will depend on the type of cell and the make up of its environment. The nucleic acid molecule or the vector construct may be directly introduced into the cell (i.e., intracellularly); or introduced extracellularly into a cavity, interstitial space, into the circulation of an organism, introduced orally, or may be introduced by g an organism or a cell in a solution ning dsRNA. The cell is preferably a mammalian cell; more preferably a human cell. The nucleic acid molecule of the sion vector can include a sense region and an antisense . The nse region can include a sequence mentary to a RNA or DNA sequence encoding a gene ed from a TLR2 gene and a TLR4 gene; and the sense region can include a sequence complementary to the antisense region. The nucleic acid molecule can include two distinct strands having complementary sense and antisense regions. The nucleic acid molecule can include a single strand having complementary sense and antisense regions.
Nucleic acid molecules that interact with target RNA molecules and down- regulate gene ng target RNA molecules (e.g., target RNA molecules referred to by Genbank Accession numbers herein) may be expressed from transcription units inserted into DNA or RNA s. Recombinant vectors can be DNA plasmids or viral vectors. Nucleic acid molecule expressing viral vectors can be constructed based on, but not limited to, associated virus, retrovirus, adenovirus, or alphavirus. The recombinant vectors capable of expressing the nucleic acid molecules can be delivered as described herein, and t in target cells. Alternatively, viral vectors can be used that provide for transient expression of nucleic acid molecules. Such vectors can be edly administered as necessary. Once expressed, the nucleic acid molecules bind and down-regulate gene function or sion via RNA interference (RNAi). Delivery of nucleic acid molecule expressing s can be systemic, such as by intravenous or intramuscular administration, by direct administration to the lung, e.g. by intratracheal injection, by administration to target cells ex-planted from a subject followed by reintroduction into the subject, or by any other means that would allow for introduction into the desired target cell.
Expression vectors may include a nucleic acid sequence encoding at least one nucleic acid molecule disclosed herein, in a manner which allows expression of the nucleic acid molecule. For example, the sion vector may encode one or both strands of a nucleic acid duplex, or a single self-complementary strand that self hybridizes into a nucleic acid duplex. The nucleic acid sequences encoding c acid molecules can be operably linked in a manner that allows expression of the nucleic acid molecule. Non-limiting examples of such expression vectors are bed in Paul et al., 2002, Nature Biotechnology, 19, 505; Miyagishi and Taira, 2002, Nature Biotechnology, 19, 497; Lee et al., 2002, Nature Biotechnology, 19, 500; and Novina et al., 2002, Nature Medicine, advance online ation doi:10.1038/nm725. Expression s may also be included in a mammalian (e.g., human) cell.
An expression vector may include a nucleic acid sequence encoding two or more nucleic acid molecules, which can be the same or different. Expression vectors may include a sequence for a c acid le mentary to a nucleic acid molecule ed to by a Genbank Accession number NM_003264.3 (TLR2), NR_024169.1 (TLR4), NM_138554.3 (TLR4) or NR_024168.1 (TLR4).
An expression vector may include one or more of the following: a) a transcription initiation region (e.g., eukaryotic pol I, II or III initiation region); b) a transcription termination region (e.g., eukaryotic pol I, II or III termination region); c) an intron and d) a nucleic acid sequence encoding at least one of the nucleic acid molecules, wherein said sequence is operably linked to the initiation region and the termination region in a manner that allows expression and/or ry of the nucleic acid molecule. The vector can optionally include an open reading frame (ORF) for a protein operably linked on the 5’- side or the 3’-side of the sequence encoding the nucleic acid molecule; and/or an intron (intervening sequences). ription of the nucleic acid le sequences can be driven from a promoter for eukaryotic RNA polymerase I (pol 1), RNA polymerase II (pol II), or RNA polymerase III (pol III). Transcripts from pol II or pol III promoters are expressed at high levels in all cells; the levels of a given pol 11 promoter in a given cell type depends on the nature of the gene tory sequences (enhancers, silencers, etc.) present nearby.
Prokaryotic RNA polymerase ers are also used, providing that the prokaryotic RNA polymerase enzyme is expressed in the riate cells (Elroy-Stein and Moss, 1990, PNAS USA, 87, 6743-7; Gao and Huang 1993, Nucleic Acids Res., 21, 2867-72; Lieber et al., 1993, Methods Enzymol., 217, 47-66; Zhou et al., 1990, Mol. Cell. Biol., 10, 4529-37).
Several investigators have demonstrated that nucleic acid molecules expressed from such promoters can function in mammalian cells (e. g. Kashani-Sabet et al., 1992, Antisense Res.
Dev., 2, 3-15; ijang et al., 1992, PNAS USA, 89, 10802-6; Chen et al., 1992, Nucleic Acids Res., 20, 4581-9; Yu et al., 1993, PNAS USA, 90, 6340-4; L’Huillier et al., 1992, EMBO J., 11, 4411-8; Lisziewicz et al., 1993, PNAS USA, 90, 8000-4; Thompson et al., 1995, c Acids Res., 23, 2259; Sullenger & Cech, 1993, Science, 262, 1566). More specifically, transcription units such as the ones derived from genes encoding U6 small nuclear RNA (snRNA), transfer RNA (tRNA) and adenovirus VA RNA are useful in generating high concentrations of desired RNA molecules such as siNA in cells (Thompson et al., supra; e and Stinchcomb, 1996, supra; Noonberg et al., 1994, Nucleic Acid Res., 22, 2830; Noonberg et al., US. Pat. No. 5,624,803; Good et al., 1997, Gene Ther., 4, 45; Beigelman et al., International PCT ation No. W0 96/18736). The above nucleic acid transcription units can be incorporated into a variety of vectors for uction into mammalian cells, including but not restricted to, plasmid DNA s, viral DNA vectors (such as adenovirus or adeno-associated virus vectors), or viral RNA s (such as retroviral or alphavirus s) (see e and Stinchcomb, 1996 supra).
A nucleic acid molecule may be expressed within cells from eukaryotic promoters (e.g., Izant and Weintraub, 1985, Science, 229, 345; McGarry and Lindquist, 1986, PNAS USA 83, 399; Scanlon et al., 1991, PNAS USA, 88, 10591-5; Kashani-Sabet et al., 1992, Antisense Res. Dev., 2, 3-15; Dropulic et al., 1992, J. Virol., 66, 1432-41; inghe et al., 1991, J. Virol., 65, 5531-4; ijang et al., 1992, PNAS USA, 89, 10802- 6; Chen et al., 1992, Nucleic Acids Res., 20, 4581-9; Sarver et al., 1990 Science, 247, 1222- 1225; Thompson et al., 1995, Nucleic Acids Res., 23, 2259; Good et al., 1997, Gene Therapy, 4, 45). Those skilled in the art realize that any nucleic acid can be expressed in eukaryotic cells from the appropriate DNA/RNA vector. The activity of such nucleic acids can be augmented by their release from the primary transcript by a enzymatic nucleic acid (Draper et a1., PCT WO 93/23569, and Sullivan et al., PCT WO 94/02595; Ohkawa et al., 1992, c Acids Symp. Ser., 27, 15-6; Taira et al., 1991, Nucleic Acids Res., 19, 5125- ; Ventura et al., 1993, Nucleic Acids Res., 21, 3249-55; Chowrira et al., 1994, J. Biol.
Chem., 269, 25856).
A viral construct packaged into a viral particle would accomplish both ent introduction of an expression construct into the cell and transcription of dsRNA construct encoded by the expression construct.
Methods for oral introduction e direct mixing of RNA with food of the organism, as well as engineered approaches in which a species that is used as food is ered to express an RNA, then fed to the organism to be affected. al methods may be employed to introduce a nucleic acid molecule solution into the cell. Physical s of introducing nucleic acids e injection of a solution containing the nucleic acid molecule, bombardment by particles covered by the nucleic acid molecule, soaking the cell or sm in a solution of the RNA, or electroporation of cell membranes in the presence of the nucleic acid le.
Other methods known in the art for introducing nucleic acids to cells may be used, such as lipid-mediated carrier transport, chemical mediated transport, such as calcium ate, and the like. Thus the nucleic acid molecules may be introduced along with components that perform one or more of the following activities: enhance RNA uptake by the cell, promote annealing of the duplex strands, stabilize the annealed s, or other- wise increase inhibition of the target gene.
Nucleic Acid Formulations The nucleic acid molecules or the vector construct can be introduced into the cell using suitable formulations, e.g. a lipid formulation such as in LipofectamineTM 2000 (Invitrogen, CA, USA), vitamin A coupled liposomes (Sato et al. Nat hnol 2008; 26:431—442, PCT Patent Publication No. ). Lipid formulations can also be administered to animals such as by enous, intramuscular, or intraperitoneal injection, or intratracheal injection, or orally or by inhalation or other methods as are known in the art.
When the formulation is suitable for administration into animals such as mammals and more specifically humans, the formulation is also ceutically acceptable. Pharmaceutically acceptable formulations for administering oligonucleotides are known and can be used. In W0 2012/118910 some instances, it may be preferable to formulate nucleic acid molecules, e.g. dsRNA, in a buffer or saline on and directly inject the formulated dsRNA into the target organ or into target cells, as in studies with oocytes. The direct injection of dsRNA duplexes may also be done. For suitable methods of ucing dsRNA see for example US. published patent application No. 2004/0203145, 20070265220, which are incorporated herein by reference.
Pharmaceutically acceptable formulations for treating lung disorders or injury are known and can be used for administration of the therapeutic ations disclosed herein. In some instances, the therapeutic compositions sed herein may be formulated for intravenous administration for systemic delivery, or as aerosols, for example for intranasal administration, or as nasal drops, for example for intranasal instillation, or as suitable for intratracheal instillation.
Polymeric nanocapsules or microcapsules facilitate transport and release of the encapsulated or bound nucleic acid molecule, e.g. dsRNA, into the cell. They e ric and ric materials, e.g. especially including polybutylcyanoacrylate. A summary of materials and fabrication methods has been published (see Kreuter, 1991). The polymeric materials which are formed from monomeric and/or oligomeric precursors in the polymerization/nanoparticle generation step, are per se known from the prior art, as are the molecular s and molecular weight distribution of the polymeric material which a person skilled in the field of manufacturing rticles may suitably select in accordance with the usual skill.
Nucleic acid molecules may be ated as a microemulsion. A microemulsion is a system of water, oil and hile which is a single optically isotropic and thermodynamically stable liquid solution. Typically microemulsions are prepared by first dispersing an oil in an aqueous surfactant solution and then adding a sufficient amount of a 4th component, generally an intermediate chain-length alcohol to form a transparent system.
Surfactants that may be used in the ation of microemulsions include, but are not limited to, ionic surfactants, non-ionic surfactants, Brij 96, polyoxyethylene oleyl ethers, polyglycerol fatty acid , tetraglycerol monolaurate (ML310), tetraglycerol monooleate (M0310), hexaglycerol monooleate (P0310), hexaglycerol pentaoleate (P0500), decaglycerol prate (MCA750), decaglycerol monooleate (M0750), 2012/027169 decaglycerol leate (S0750), decaglycerol decaoleate (DA0750), alone or in combination with cosurfactants. The cosurfactant, usually a short-chain alcohol such as ethanol, l-propanol, and l-butanol, serves to increase the interfacial fluidity by penetrating into the surfactant film and consequently creating a disordered film because of the void space generated among surfactant molecules.
Water e Crosslinked Polymers ry formulations can include water soluble degradable crosslinked polymers that e one or more degradable crosslinking lipid , one or more PEI moiety, and/or one or more mPEG (methyl ether derivative of PEG (methoxypoly (ethylene glycol)).
The degradable crosslinking lipid moiety may be reacted with a polyethyleneimine (PEI) as shown in Scheme A below: Scheme A WOWQ.01—5 l PEI —(-PEIWO\/\N/\/o R>:O W11 ] The reaction illustrated in Scheme A may be carried out by intermixing the PEI and the diacrylate (I) in a mutual solvent such as ethanol, methanol or dichloromethane with stirring, preferably at room temperature for several hours, then evaporating the t to recover the resulting polymer. While not wishing to be bound to any particular theory, it is believed that the on between the PEI and diacrylate (I) involves a Michael reaction between one or more amines of the PEI with double bond(s) of the diacrylate (see J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry 3rd Ed., pp. 71 l-712 (1985)). The diacrylate shown in Scheme A may be prepared in the manner as described in US Application No. 11/216,986 (US Publication No. 2006/0258751).
The molecular weight of the PEI is preferably in the range of about 200 to ,000 Daltons more preferably 400 to 5,000 Daltons, yet more preferably 600 to 2,000 Daltons. PEI may be either branched or linear.
] The molar ratio of PEI to diacrylate is preferably in the range of about 1:2 to about 1:20. The weight average molecular weight of the cationic lipopolymer may be in the range of about 500 Daltons to about 000 Daltons ably in the range of about 2,000 s to about 200,000 Daltons. Molecular weights may be determined by size exclusion chromatography using PEG standards or by agarose gel electrophoresis.
The cationic lipopolymer is preferably degradable, more preferably biodegradable, e.g., degradable by a ism selected from the group consisting of hydrolysis, enzyme ge, reduction, photo-cleavage, and sonication. While not wishing to be bound to any particular theory, it is believed that degradation of the cationic lipopolymer of formula (II) within the cell proceeds by enzymatic cleavage and/or hydrolysis of the ester linkages.
Synthesis may be carried out by reacting the degradable lipid moiety with the PEI moiety as described above. Then the mPEG (methyl ether derivative of PEG (methoxypoly (ethylene glycol)), is added to form the degradable crosslinked polymer. In preferred ments, the reaction is carried out at room temperature. The reaction ts may be isolated by any means known in the art including chromatographic techniques. In a preferred embodiment, the reaction product may be removed by itation followed by centrifilgation.
Dose and Dosage Units The useful dosage to be administered and the particular mode of administration will vary depending upon such factors as the cell type, or for in viva use, the age, weight and the particular recipient and region thereof to be treated, the ular nucleic acid and delivery method used, the eutic or diagnostic use contemplated, and the form of the formulation, for example, suspension, emulsion, micelle or liposome, as will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art. Typically, dosage is administered at lower levels and increased until the desired effect is achieved.
When lipids are used to deliver the nucleic acid, the amount of lipid compound that is administered can vary and generally s upon the amount of nucleic acid being administered. For example, the weight ratio of lipid compound to nucleic acid is preferably from about 1:1 to about 30:1, with a weight ratio of about 5:1 to about 10:1 being more preferred.
A suitable dosage unit of nucleic acid molecules may be in the range of about 0.001 to 20-100 milligrams per kilogram body weight of the recipient per day, or in the range of 0.01 to 20 milligrams per kilogram body weight per day, or in the range of 0.01 to milligrams per am body weight per day, or in the range of 0.1 to 5 milligrams per kilogram body weight per day, or in the range of 0.1 to 2.5 milligrams per kilogram body weight per day, in a regimen of a single dose or a series of doses given at short (e.g. 1-5 minute) or long (e. g. several hours) als.
] In certain embodiment a suitable dosage unit of nucleic acid molecules may be in the range of about 0.01 mg, 0.02 mg, 0.03 mg, 0.04 mg, 0.05 mg, 0.0.6 mg, 0.07 mg, 0.08 mg, 0.09 mg, 0.1 mg, 0.2 mg, 0.3 mg, 0.4 mg, 0.5 mg, 0.6 mg, 0.7 mg, 0.8 mg, 0.9 mg, 1.0 mg, 1.1 mg, 1.2 mg, 1.3 mg, 1.4 mg, 1.5 mg, 1.6 mg, 1.7 mg, 1.8 mg, 1.9 mg, 2.0 mg, 2.1 mg, 2.2 mg, 2.3 mg, 2.4 mg, 2.5 mg, 2.6 mg, 2.7 mg, 2.8 mg, 2.9 mg, 3.0 mg, 3.1 mg, 3.2 mg, 3.3 mg, 3.4 mg, 3.5 mg, 3.6 mg, 3.7 mg, 3.8 mg, 3.9 mg, 4.0 mg, 4.1 mg, 4.2 mg, 4.3 mg, 4.4 mg, 4.5 mg, 4.6 mg, 4.7 mg, 4.8 mg, 4.9 mg, 5.0 mg, 5.1 mg, 5.2 mg, 5.3 mg, 5.4 mg, 5.5 mg, 5.6 mg, 5.7 mg, 5.8 mg, 5.9 mg, 6.0 mg, 6.1 mg, 6.2 mg, 6.3 mg, 6.4 mg, 6.5 mg, 6.6 mg, 6.7 mg, 6.8 mg, 6.9 mg, 7.0 mg, 7.1 mg, 7.2 mg, 7.3 mg, 7.4 mg, 7.5 mg, 7.6 mg, 7.7 mg, 7.8 mg, 7.9 mg, 8.0 mg, 8.1 mg, 8.2 mg, 8.3 mg, 8.4 mg, 8.5 mg, 8.6 mg, 8.7 mg, 8.8 mg, 8.9 mg, 9.0 mg, 9.1 mg, 9.2 mg, 9.3 mg, 9.4 mg, 9.5 mg, 9.6 mg, 9.7 mg, 9.8 mg, 9.9 mg, 10.0 mg, 10.1 mg, 10.2 mg, 10.3 mg, 10.4 mg, 10.5 mg, 10.6 mg, 10.7 mg, 10.8 mg, 10.9 mg, 11.0 mg, 11.1 mg, 11.2 mg, 11.3 mg, 11.4 mg, 11.5 mg, 11.6 mg, 11.7 mg, 11.8 mg, 11.9 mg, 12.0 mg, 12.1 mg, 12.2 mg, 12.3 mg, 12.4 mg, 12.5 mg, 12.6 mg, 12.7 mg, 12.8 mg, 12.9 mg, 13.0 mg, 13.1 mg, 13.2 mg, 13.3 mg, 13.4 mg, 13.5 mg, 13.6 mg, 13.7 mg, 13.8 mg, 13.9 mg, 14.0 mg, 14.1 mg, 14.2 mg, 14.3 mg, 14.4 mg, 14.5 mg, 14.6 mg, 14.7 mg, 14.8 mg, 14.9 mg, 15.0 mg, 15.1 mg, 15.2 mg, 15.3 mg, 15.4 mg, 15.5 mg, .6 mg, 15.7 mg, 15.8 mg, 15.9 mg, 16.0 mg, 16.1 mg, 16.2 mg, 16.3 mg, 16.4 mg, 16.5 mg, 16.6 mg, 16.7 mg, 16.8 mg, 16.9 mg, 17.0 mg, 17.1 mg, 17.2 mg, 17.3 mg, 17.4 mg, 17.5 mg, 17.6 mg, 17.7 mg, 17.8 mg, 17.9 mg, 18.0 mg, 18.1 mg, 18.2 mg, 18.3 mg, 18.4 mg, 18.5 mg, 18.6 mg, 18.7 mg, 18.8 mg, 18.9 mg, 19.0 mg, 19.1 mg, 19.2 mg, 19.3 mg, 19.4 mg, 19.5 mg, 19.6 mg, 19.7 mg, 19.8 mg, 19.9 mg, 20.0 mg per kilogram body weight of the recipient per day. in a regimen of a single dose or a series of doses given at short (e.g. 1-5 minute) or long (e.g. several hours) intervals.
Suitable amounts of nucleic acid molecules may be introduced and these amounts can be empirically ined using standard methods. Effective concentrations of individual c acid molecule species in the environment of a cell may be about 1 femtomolar, about 50 femtomolar, 100 femtomolar, 1 picomolar, 1.5 picomolar, 2.5 picomolar, 5 picomolar, 10 lar, 25 picomolar, 50 picomolar, 100 picomolar, 500 picomolar, 1 nanomolar, 2.5 nanomolar, 5 nanomolar, 10 nanomolar, 25 nanomolar, 50 nanomolar, 100 lar, 500 nanomolar, 1 olar, 2.5 micromolar, 5 olar, 10 micromolar, 100 micromolar or more.
Dosage of each therapeutic agent may be independently from about 0.01 ug to about 1 g per kg ofbody weight (e.g., 0.1 ug, 0.25 ug, 0.5 ug, 0.75 ug, 1 ug, 2.5 ug, 5 ug, ug, 25 ug, 50 ug, 100 ug, 250 ug, 500 ug, 1 mg, 2.5 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 25 mg, 50 mg, 100 mg, 250 mg, or 500 mg, or 1 g, per kg ofbody weight).
In certain embodiments dosage levels of the order of from about 0.1 mg to about 140 mg per kilogram of body weight per day are useful in the treatment of the above- ted ions (about 0.5 mg to about 7 g per subject per day). The amount of active ingredient that can be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form varies depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. Dosage unit forms generally contain between from about 1 mg to about 500 mg of an active ingredient.
In certain embodiments, the double-stranded RNA compound is present in the composition in a dose level of about 0.05 mg, 0.06 mg, 0.07 mg, 0.08 mg, 0.09 mg, 0.1 mg, 0.2 mg, 0.3 mg, 0.4 mg, 0.5 mg, 0.6 mg, 0.7 mg, 0.8 mg, 0.9 mg, 1.0 mg, 1.1 mg, 1.2 mg, 1.3 mg, 1.4 mg, 1.5 mg, 1.6 mg, 1.7 mg, 1.8 mg, 1.9 mg, 2.0 mg, 2.1 mg, 2.2 mg, 2.3 mg, 2.4 mg, 2.5 mg, 2.6 mg, 2.7 mg, 2.8 mg, 2.9 mg, 3.0 mg, 3.1 mg, 3.2 mg, 3.3 mg, 3.4 mg, 3.5 mg, 3.6 mg, 3.7 mg, 3.8 mg, 3.9 mg, 4.0 mg, 4.1 mg, 4.2 mg, 4.3 mg, 4.4 mg, 4.5 mg, 4.6 mg, 4.7 mg, 4.8 mg, 4.9 mg, 5.0 mg, 5.1 mg, 5.2 mg, 5.3 mg, 5.4 mg, 5.5 mg, 5.6 mg, 5.7 mg, 5.8 mg, 5.9 mg, 6.0 mg, 6.1 mg, 6.2 mg, 6.3 mg, 6.4 mg, 6.5 mg, 6.6 mg, 6.7 mg, 6.8 mg, 6.9 mg, 7.0 mg, 7.1 mg, 7.2 mg, 7.3 mg, 7.4 mg, 7.5 mg, 7.6 mg, 7.7 mg, 7.8 mg, 7.9 mg, 8.0 mg, 8.1 mg, 8.2 mg, 8.3 mg, 8.4 mg, 8.5 mg, 8.6 mg, 8.7 mg, 8.8 mg, 8.9 mg, 9.0 mg, 9.1 mg, 9.2 mg, 9.3 mg, 9.4 mg, 9.5 mg, 9.6 mg, 9.7 mg, 9.8 mg, 9.9 mg, or 10.0 mg per dose form.
It is understood that the specific dose level for any particular subject s upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific nd employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, frequency of ent, route of administration, and rate of excretion, drug combination and the severity of the particular e undergoing therapy.
Regimens for continuing therapy, including dose and frequency may be guided by the initial response and al judgment.
The pulmonary route of administration is preferred, such as by intratracheal instillation, inhalation of an aerosol formulation, although other , may be required in specific administration, as for example to the mucous membranes of the nose, throat, ial s or lungs. Transdermal route of administration may also be used, including active systems where delivery is driven by microneedles or energy applied via ultrasound or lasers.
The therapeutic compositions disclosed herein are preferably administered into the lung of a subject suffering from lung injury, disorder, disease or who has undergone lung transplantation, by inhalation of an aerosol containing the composition/combination, by intranasal or intratracheal instillation or by inhalation via ventilation machine (e.g. for administration to an unconscious patient). In some ments the oligouncleotide itions disclosed herein are administered by inhalation into the lung of a subject who has one lung transplantation. For further information on pulmonary delivery of pharmaceutical compositions see Weiss et al., Human Gene Therapy 1999. 7-2293; Densmore et al., Molecular y 1999. 1:180-188; Gautam et al., Molecular Therapy 2001. 3:551-556; and Shahiwala & Misra, AAPS PharmSciTech 2004. 24;6(3):E482-6.
Additionally, respiratory ations for dsRNA are described in US. Patent Application Publication No. 2004/0063654. Respiratory formulations for dsRNA are described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2004/0063654. International Patent Publication No. WC 2008/132723 to one of the assignees of the present ion, and hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety discloses therapeutic delivery of dsRNA to the respiratory system.
The dosage of each therapeutic agent is determined independently. ceutical compositions that include the nucleic acid les disclosed herein may be administered once daily (q.d.), twice a day (b.i.d.), three times a day .), four times a day (q.i.d.), or at any interval and for any duration that is medically appropriate. However, the eutic agent may also be dosed in dosage units containing two, three, four, five, six or more sub-doses administered at appropriate intervals hout the day. In that case, the nucleic acid les contained in each sub-dose may be correspondingly smaller in order to achieve the total daily dosage unit. The dosage unit can also be compounded for a single dose over several days, e. g., using a drug delivery pump; or using a conventional sustained release formulation which provides sustained and consistent release of the dsRNAs over a l day period. ned release formulations are well known in the art. The dosage unit may contain a corresponding multiple of the daily dose.
The composition can be compounded in such a way that the sum of the multiple units of a nucleic acids together contain a sufficient dose.
Pharmaceutical compositions, kits: and containers Provided are compositions, kits, containers and formulations that include at least one therapeutic agents (e.g., small organic molecule al compound; protein, antibody, peptide, peptidomimetic and nucleic acid molecule) which , decrease, down- regulate or inhibit the expression/activity/function of the gene TLR2, for administering to a patient.
Also provided are compositions, kits, containers and formulations that include at least two therapeutic agents (e.g., small organic molecule; protein, antibody, peptide, peptidomimetic and nucleic acid molecule), at least one eutic agent which target, decrease, down-regulate or inhibit the expression/activity/fianction of the gene TLR2 and at least one therapeutic agent which target, decrease, down-regulate or inhibit the expression/activity/fianction of the gene TLR4, for administering to a patient.
A kit may include at least one container and at least one label. Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, and test tubes. The containers can be formed from a variety of materials such as glass, metal or plastic. The container can hold amino acid(s), small molecule(s), nucleic ), protein(s), peptides(s), peptidomimetic(s), cell population(s) and/or antibody(s). In one embodiment, the ner holds a ition that is effective for treating, diagnosis, prognosing or prophylaxing a condition described herein and can have a sterile access port (for e the container can be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle). The active agent in the ition can be a nucleic acid molecule(s) capable of cally binding TLR2 and/or modulating the function of TLR2. The active agent in the composition can be a nucleic acid molecule(s) capable of specifically binding TLR4 and/or modulating the function of TLR4. The active agents in the composition can be a nucleic acid molecule(s) capable of specifically binding TLR2 and TLR4 and/or modulating the filnction of TLR2 and TLR4.
Kits may further include associated indications and/or directions; reagents and other itions or tools used for such purpose as described herein.
A kit may further include a second container that includes a pharmaceutically-acceptable buffer, such as phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer’s solution and/or dextrose solution. It can further e other materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint, including other buffers, diluents, filters, stirrers, needles, syringes, and/or package inserts with indications and/or ctions for use.
The units dosage s or ose ners, in which the eutic agents are packaged prior to use, may include an ically sealed container enclosing an amount of therapeutic agent or solution containing a therapeutic agent suitable for a pharmaceutically effective dose thereof, or multiples of an effective dose. The therapeutic agent is packaged as a sterile formulation, and the ically sealed container is designed to preserve sterility of the formulation until use.
The container in which the therapeutic agent molecules are packaged may be labeled, and the label may bear a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental , for example the Food and Drug Administration, which notice is ive of approval by the agency under Federal law, of the manufacture, use, or sale of the therapeutic material therein for human administration.
Federal law requires that the use of pharmaceutical compositions in the therapy of humans be ed by an agency of the Federal government. In the United States, enforcement is the responsibility of the Food and Drug Administration, which issues appropriate regulations for securing such approval, detailed in 21 U.S.C. § 301-392.
Regulation for biologic material, including products made from the tissues of animals is ed under 42 U.S.C. § 262. Similar approval is required by most countries.
Regulations vary from country to country, but individual procedures are well known to those in the art and the compositions and methods provided herein preferably comply accordingly.
As such, provided herein is a pharmaceutical product which may include a combination of c acid molecules in solution in a ceutically acceptable injectable carrier and suitable for administration to a patient, and a notice associated with the container in a form prescribed by a mental agency regulating the cture, use, or sale of pharmaceuticals, which notice is reflective of approval by the agency of manufacture, use, or sale of the solution comprising the nucleic acids for human administration.
Compositions, kits and methods disclosed herein may include packaging a nucleic acid molecule disclosed herein that includes a label or package insert. The label may include indications for use of the nucleic acid molecules such as use for treatment or prevention of lung disorders or injury in a human, including treatment of acute respiratory ss syndrome (ARDS), acute lung injury, pulmonary fibrosis athic), bleomycin induced pulmonary fibrosis, mechanical ator induced lung injury, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), chronic bronchitis, emphysema, bronchiolitis rans after lung transplantation and lung transplantation-induced acute graft dysfilnction, and any other disease or conditions that are related to or will respond to down-regulation of the expression of TLR2 in a cell or tissue, alone or in combination in combination with other therapies; or to egulation of the expression of TLR2 and TLR4, alone or in combination with other therapies. A label may include an indication for use in reducing expression of TLR2 gene. A label may include an indication for use in reducing expression of TLR2 gene and TLR4 gene. A "package insert" is used to refer to instructions customarily included in commercial packages of therapeutic ts, that contain information about the indications, usage, dosage, administration, contraindications, other therapeutic products to be combined with the packaged product, and/or gs concerning the use of such eutic products, etc.
Those skilled in the art will recognize that other lung disorder/injury treatments, drugs and therapies known in the art can be readily combined with the therapeutic combination disclosed herein and are hence contemplated herein.
The methods and compositions provided herein will now be described in greater detail by reference to the following non-limiting examples.
EXAMPLES Example 1: Generation of seguences for active dsRNA compounds to the TLR2 and TLR4 genes and production of the dsRNA compounds Using proprietary algorithms and the known sequence of the genes sed herein, the antisense and corresponding sense sequences of dsRNA compounds were generated. In addition to the thm, 20-, 21-, 22-, and 23-mer oligomer sequences are generated by 5’ and/or 3’ extension of the 19-mer sequences. The sequences that have been generated using this method are fully complementary to a segment of corresponding mRNA sequence.
] SEQ IDs Numbers 5 - 12,136 provide oligonucleotide ces useful in the preparation of dsRNA compounds disclosed herein. Each sequence is presented in 5’ to 3’ orientation.
For each gene there is a separate list of 19-mer sense and corresponding antisense oligonucleotide ces, which are prioritized based on their score in the proprietary algorithm as the best sequences for targeting the human gene expression.
The siRNA compounds disclosed herein are synthesized by any methods described herein, infra. e 2: Evaluation of Inhibitory Activity of dsRNA compounds targeting TLR2 and TLR4 genes tory activity of dsRNA compounds is assessed in vitro by transfection of dsRNA compounds into human HeLa or human PC3 cells.
Preparation of cells for dsRNA transfection HeLa cells (American Type Culture Collection) are cultured as described in Czaudema, et al. (NAR, 2003. 31:670-82).
In each well of a 6-well plate, 1X105 human HeLa cells (ATCC, Cat#CCL-2) are inoculated in 2 mL growth medium in order to reach 30-50% nce one day later.
Cells are then ted in 37i1°C, 5% C02 incubator for 24 hours. One day post inoculation, cell culture media is replaced with 1.5 mL fresh growth medium per well. dsRNA transfection Following incubation, cells are ected with dsRNA compounds using the LipofectamineTM 2000 reagent (Invitrogen) at final concentrations ranging between 0.0035nM to 100nM (final dsRNA concentration in cell culture wells). Cells are then ted in a 37i1°C, 5% CO2 incubator for 48 hours.
For the ination of transfection efficiency, cells are similarly transfected with a 20 nM solution of a Cy3-labeled dsRNA which targets the DDIT4 gene transcript.
] As negative control, cells are similarly transfected with a scrambled sequence dsRNA (CNL_1) at final concentrations of 40 and 100 nM.
RNA preparation for Real Time qPCR (qPCR) ] At 48h after ection cells are harvested and RNA is extracted from cells isolated using EZ-RNA kit [Biological Industries (#20100)].
Transfection efficiency is tested by fluorescent microscopy.
Determining inhibitory activity in vitro The percent of down-regulation of gene expression using specific dsRNA compounds dislosed herein is determined using qPCR analysis. The relative quantity of target gene mRNA is determined using as template RNA prepared from each of the dsRNA- transfected cell samples. dsRNA ty is determined based on the ratio of the target gene mRNA quantity in dsRNA-treated samples versus non-transfected control samples.
Chemically modified dsRNA compounds disclosed herein are tested in vitro as described and are shown to down-regulate target gene expression.
Example 3: Stability of dsRNA compounds Nuclease resistance of the dsRNA nds disclosed herein is tested in human serum and / or in bronchoalveolar lavage fluid (BALF).
For stability testing, a dsRNA compound is d in human serum or in oalveolar lavage fluid (BALF) to a ed final concentration (e. g. 7uM). A 5 [LL aliquot is erred to 15 [LL of 1.5x TBE-loading buffer, immediately frozen in liquid nitrogen, and transferred to -20°C. This represents "Time Point 0". The remaining dsRNA solution is divided into 5 [LL aliquots, which are incubated at 37°C for 30min, 1h, 6h, 8h, 10h, 16h or 24h.
Following incubation, dsRNA compound samples are transferred to 15 [LL of 1.5xTBE-loading buffer. 5 uL of each dsRNA compound in loading buffer sample is loaded onto a non denaturing 20% polyacrylamide gel and electrophoresis is performed. The positive control, double-strand migration reference (a non-relevant, 19-base pairs, blunt- ended, double-stranded RNA with similar chemical modifications), and single-strand migration reference (a levant ssRNA with chemical modifications), as well as the Time Point 0 sample are loaded on the same gel and ophoresed in parallel.
For dsRNA visualization the gel is stained with Ethidium bromide solution (1.0 ug/uL).
Stability of dsRNA compounds disclosed herein is ined by examining the migration pattern of dsRNA samples on PAGE following incubation in human serum and / or in bronchoalveolar lavage fluid (BALF).
Example 4: Efficacy of dsRNA in mouse models of orthotopic vascularized aerated lung transplantation ] Therapeutic efficacy of dsRNA nds bed herein in preventing primary graft ction caused by both prolonged cold ischemia and immune rejection was tested in syngeneic and allogeneic mouse orthotopic models of lung transplantation.
The method of opic vascularized aerated left lung transplantation in the mouse utilizes cuff techniques for the anastomosis of pulmonary artery, pulmonary veins and bronchus.
This method has been ed in several publications (Okazaki et al., Am J Transplant, 2007; 7: 1672-9 and Krupnick et al. Nature Protocols, 2009; vol.4 No. 1:86-93). dsRNA test compounds One dsRNA compound targeting TLR4 (designated TLR4_4_8500) and two dsRNA compounds targeting TLR2 (designated TLR2_7_S73 and TLR2_4_S73) were tested in syngeneic mouse orthotopic models of lung transplantation. One dsRNA compound targeting TLR4 (designated _S500) and one dsRNA compounds targeting TLR2 (designated TLR2_4_S73) were tested in allogeneic mouse orthotopic models of lung transplantation. A dsRNA nd ed at enhanced green fluorescent protein (EGFP) (designated EGFP_5_S763) and/or vehicle (phosphate buffer solution (PBS)) served as negative control in these experiments.
Table 1 lists dsRNA compounds that were tested in eic and allogeneic mouse orthotopic models of lung transplantation.
Table l TLR4_4_S500 TLR4, toll-like receptor 4 TLR2_7_S73 TLR2, toll-like or 2 TLR2_4_S73 TLR2, toll-like receptor 2 EGFP_5_S763 EGFP, Enhanced green fluorescent protein Table 2 provides the sense strand and the antisense strand sequences of the dsRNA compounds that were tested in syngeneic and allogeneic mouse orthotopic models of lung transplantation. Table 2 fiarther provides the cross species data.
Table 2 DSRNA Sense 5’->3’ Antisense 5’->3’ cross species com I ound TLR4 4 $500 GAGUUCAGGUUAACAUAUA UAUAUGUUAACCUGAACUC TLR2 7 S73 GCAAACUGCGCAAGAUAAU ‘ UUAUCUUGCGCAGUUUGC rat, mouse TLR2 4 S73 CCUCUUUGAAAUACUUAAA UUUAAGUAUUUCAAAGAGG rat, mouse EGFP 5 S763 GGCUACGUCCAGGAGCGCACC GGUGCGCUCCUGGACGUAGCC 21-mer Table 3 provides the sense strand and the antisense strand modification patterns of the dsRNA compounds that were tested in syngeneic and allogeneic mouse orthotopic models of lung transplantation.
Table 3 com I ound TLR4_4_S500 2'-OMe sugar modified cleotides in 2'—OMe sugar modified ribonucleotides positions: 2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16 and 18 in positions: 7,9,11,13,15,17 and nmodified ribonucleotides in ons: unmodified ribonucleotides in positions: 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17 and 19 2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16 and 18 3'-terminal oohoshate 3'-terminal oohoshate TLR2_7_S73 2'-OMe sugar modified cleotides in 2'—OMe sugar modified ribonucleotides positions: 2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16 and 18 in positions: 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17 and nmodified ribonucleotides in positions: unmodified ribonucleotides in positions: 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17 and 19 2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16 and 18 o 3'-terminal oohoshate o 3'-terminal oohoshate TLR2_4_S73 2'-OMe sugar d ribonucleotides in 2'—OMe sugar modified ribonucleotides ons: 2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16 and 18 in positions: 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17 and nmodified ribonucleotides in positions: unmodified ribonucleotides in positions: 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17 and 19 2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16 and 18 o minal oohoshate o minal oohoshate EGFP_5_S763 2'—OMe sugar modified ribonucleotides in 2'—OMe sugar modified ribonucleotides positions: 2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16, 18 and 20 in ons: 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17, l9 and 21 unmodified ribonucleotides in positions: 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17, 19 and 21 unmodified cleotides in positions: 2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16, 18 and 20 o 3'-terminal oohoshate o 3'-terminal oohoshate Dosage and administration dsRNA compounds were administered at the end of lung lantation y (immediately after anastomosis opening), by racheal instillation to the recipient. The ing doses of individual dsRNA compounds were tested in these animal models: 6 ug/mouse, 12.5 ug/mouse, 25 ug/mouse and 50 ug/mouse.
Mouse syngeneic lung transplantation gC57Bl/6 -> 6) Experimental design Both donor and recipient were C57BL/6 mice. Prior to transplantation ischemia usion injury was induced by prolonged cold preservation of the lung transplant by 18 hours of cold e in a low dextrose solution with components similar to solutions used to preserve human lung transplants (18 hours of cold ischemia time (CIT)).
This method induced symptoms consistent with primary graft dysfunction 24 hours post- transplantation. Within 5-10 minutes after reperfusion 25 ug/mouse (or a different dose as described herein) of siRNA specific for control siRNA, TLR2, TLR4 or both TLR2 and TLR4 was administered down the trachea. Lung recipients were assessed 24 hours later for lung injury.
] Administration By intratracheal instillation of dsRNA solution to the lungs; 1 dose of a dsRNA compound or of a combination of dsRNA compounds is administered immediately after anastomosis g on Day 0.
Evaluation Lung recipients were evaluated at 24 hours post transplantation through assessing lung function, as measured by: ° Gross pathology — appearance of pulmonary edema; 0 ary on in the post-transplanted lung — PaO2, oxygenation of arterial blood in the left pulmonary artery; ] 0 Intra-airway accumulation of cellular infiltrates; and ] 0 Total amount and differential counts of bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL) cells Results In this syngeneic model, mouse isografts exposed to prolonged cold ischemia (18 hours CIT) develop impaired oxygenation, pulmonary edema, sed inflammatory cytokine production and intra-graft and intra-airway accumulation of granulocytes as measured 24 hours post-transplantation. By contrast, mouse lung recipients of 1 hour cold preserved grafts (1 hour CIT) had little evidence of lung injury 24 hours post-transplantation.
Lung recipients that were treated with either dsRNA specific for TLR2 or with a combination of both dsRNA specific for TLR2 and dsRNA c for TLR4 had significantly better function and significantly less BAL cellular infiltrate, as compared to other treatment groups and to the negative control animals ed with vehicle or with dsRNA specific for EGFP).
Figure l (representative image of N=5/group) shows that combined administration of dsRNA specific for TLR2 (i.e. TLR2_4_S73), at a dose of 25 ug/mouse and dsRNA specific for TLR4 (i.e. TLR4_4_S500), at a dose of 25 ug/mouse, efficiently reduced pulmonary edema in this mouse model of lung lantation. No apparent edema was observed in any of the lungs treated with combination of dsRNA for TLR2 and dsRNA for TLR4. Similar results were obtained with a combination of TLR2_7_S73 and TLR4_4_S500 (with a dose of 25 ug/mouse of each). r results were obtained with a dose of 12.5 ug/mouse of each of the TLR2 dsRNA compound and TLR4 dsRNA compound (TLR2_7_S73 and TLR4_4_S500), while obVious edema appeared in animals that were d with vehicle or with dsRNA targeting EGFP).
Figure 2 shows that impaired recipient pulmonary function, measured at 24 hours after lung transplantation, was restored in mice treated with a combination of dsRNA specific for TLR2 and dsRNA specific for TLR4, as well as in mice treated with a single dsRNA specific for TLR2, but not in mice d with a single dsRNA directed at TLR4.
Two combinations of dsRNA specific for TLR2 and dsRNA specific for TLR4 were tested in these experiments, at a ratio of l : l: (ii) a combination of 25 ug/mouse of each TLR2_7_S73 and TLR4_4_S500, total therapeutic amount: 50 ug/mouse; and (iii) a combination of 25 se of each TLR2_4_S73 and TLR4_4_S500, total therapeutic : 50 ug/mouse; and ] Additional animal groups were tested with either individual dsRNA specific for TLR2 or with an individual dsRNA specific for TLR4.
Two dsRNAs specific for TLR2 were tested in the experiments: _S73 at a dose of 25 ug/mouse and TLR2_7_S73 at doses of 25 se and 50 ug/mouse.
One dsRNAs specific for TLR4 was tested in the experiments: TLR4_4_S500 at doses of 25 ug/mouse and 50 ug/mouse.
Negative control animals were treated with vehicle.
] The test article sition comprising a combination of dsRNA TLR2 and TLR4 dsRNA; dsRNA specific for TLR2; dsRNA specific for TLR4; or vehicle) was administered immediately after opening of anastomosis and beginning of reperfilsion.
Figure 2 shows that administration of dual target dsRNA ition (comprising TLR2_7_S73 and TLR4_4_S500 (N: 5) or TLR2_4_S73 and TLR4_4_S500 (N: 3)), at a dose of 25 ug/mouse of each of the dsRNA compounds, cantly preserved pulmonary on, keeping blood oxygenation at almost normal levels 500-530 mm Hg).
Administration of a single dsRNA compound specifically targeting TLR2 (TLR2_7_S73 (N: 3) or TLR2_4_S73 (N: 5)), at a dose of 25 ug/mouse of the individual dsRNA compound, was also significantly ive in preserving pulmonary function, keeping blood oxygenation at a level similar to the level obtained for lhour CIT control group. Similar results were obtained with a higher dose (50 ug/mouse) of a single dsRNA compound specifically targeting TLR2 (TLR2_7_S73; (N: 5)).
Significantly, similar results were obtained with two different dsRNA TLR2 compounds (TLR2_7_S73 and TLR2_4_S73) that target different regions of the TLR2 gene.
Administration of a single dsRNA compound specifically targeting TLR4 (TLR4_4_S500), at doses of 25 ug/mouse (N: 2) or 50 ug/mouse (N: 3), was not effective in preserving pulmonary function, keeping blood oxygenation at a level similar to the level obtained for the vehicle control group.
Figure 3 shows that impaired recipient pulmonary function, measured at 24 hours after lung transplantation, was restored in mice treated with a combination of dsRNA specific for TLR2 and dsRNA specific for TLR4 (identified in Figure 3 as "siR,\IA cocktail"). A combination of TLR2_7_S73 and TLR4_4_S500 was used in these experiments, at a ratio of 1:1. Three doses were tested: (i) a combination of 25 se of each TLR2_7_S73 and TLR4_4_S500, total eutic : 50 ug/mouse; (ii) a combination of 12.5 ug/mouse of each TLR2_7_S73 and TLR4_4_S500, total therapeutic : 25 ug/mouse; and (iii) a combination of 6 ug/mouse of each TLR2_7_S73 and TLR4_4_S500, total therapeutic amount: 12 ug/mouse Negative control animals were treated with vehicle or with dsRNA specific for EGFP (EGFP_5_S763) at a dose of 50 ug/mouse, 25 ug/mouse or 12.5 se.
The test article (composition comprising a combination of TLR2 dsRNA and TLR4 dsRNA; or vehicle; or dsRNA specific for EGFP (identified in Figure 3 as "control siRNA")) was administered immediately after opening of anastomosis and beginning of reperfusion.
Figure 3 shows that following lung transplantation after 1 h of cold graft preservation (a reperfusion control), pulmonary filnction is only slightly worsened (PaO2=363::3l mm Hg), however, gation of cold preservation time (18 h CIT) leads to a dramatic reduction in recipient’s ary on (PaO2=l70::l3 mm Hg for vehicle group), indicating severe PGD (grade 3; ISHLT definition). Administration of dual target siRNA ition (comprising TLR2_7_S73 and TLR4_4_S500), at a dose of 25 ug/mouse of each of the dsRNA compounds, significantly (P<0.005) ved pulmonary function (PaO2=435::64), keeping blood ation at almost normal levels 500- 530 mm Hg). Administration of the same doses of non-targeting control dsRNA (EGFP_5_S763 at a dose of 50 ug/mouse) did not improve pulmonary function.
Administration of dual target dsRNA composition (comprising TLR2_7_S73 and _8500), at a dose of 12.5 ug/mouse of each of the dsRNA compounds, was also cantly effective (P<0.05) in preserving pulmonary fianction, keeping blood oxygenation at a level similar to the level obtained for lhour CIT control group.
Administration of the same doses of non-targeting l dsRNA (EGFP_5_S763 at a dose of 25 ug/mouse) did not improve pulmonary function.
Administration of dual target dsRNA composition (comprising TLR2_7_S73 and TLR4_4_S500), at a dose of 6 ug/mouse of each of the dsRNA compounds, was not effective in preserving pulmonary function, g blood oxygenation at a level similar to the level obtained with vehicle and non-targeting control dsRNA (EGFP_5_S763 at a doses of 50 ug/mouse, 25 ug/mouse and 12.5 ug/mouse), which did not improve pulmonary function.
Figure 4 shows that a combination of dsRNA specific for TLR2 and dsRNA specific for TLR4 (TLR2_4_S73 and _S500), as well as an individual treatment comprising dsRNA ic for TLR2 (TLR2_4_S73), diminished intra-airway accumulation of granulocytes. One of the pathophysiological features of PGD is rapid influx of cellular infiltrates to the interstitial lung space, which is typically detected in patients’ chest radiographs. Consistent with this, total bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL) cell counts in mice that underwent lung transplantation after 18 h of CIT (vehicle group), were significantly (P<0.01) higher than those in mice that underwent lung transplantation after 1 h of CIT (24::6 vs 9 :: 4 cells x 10A5/lung respectively) (N: 2). Treatment with a combination of dsRNA specific for TLR2 and dsRNA specific for TLR4 (TLR2_4_S73 and TLR4_4_S500; (N: 5)), at a dose of 25 ug/mouse of each of the dsRNA compounds, as well as an individual treatment sing dsRNA specific for TLR2 4_S73), at a doses of 50 se (N: 2) or at a dose of 25 se (N: 5), diminished cellular BAL infiltration associated with prolonged cold vation. Moreover, treatment with a combination of dsRNA specific for TLR2 and dsRNA specific for TLR4, as well as an individual treatment comprising dsRNA specific for TLR2, diminished granulocyte (neutrophils, eosinophils, basophils) lation in the lung airways.
Administration of a single dsRNA compound specifically targeting TLR4 (TLR4_4_S500), at a dose of 50 ug/mouse (N: 2), was not effective in diminishing intra- airway lation of granulocytes, keeping intra-airway lation of granulocytes at a level similar to the level obtained with vehicle and non-targeting control dsRNA (EGFP_5_S763) at a dose of 50 ug/mouse (N: 2), 25 ug/mouse (N: 5) or 12.5 ug/mouse (N: 5).
Mouse allogeneic lung transplantation gBalb/C -> C57Bl/6[ Experimental design In this model prolonged cold ia ts lung allograft acceptance mediated by immunosuppression. In this model Balb/c lungs are subjected to 18 hours of cold ischemia time (CIT) and are transplanted into C57Bl/6 recipients that are treated with immunosuppressants: anti-CD40L on post operative day 0 and g on day 2. In contrast to recipients who received allografts stored for 1 hour, these stored for 18 hours acutely rejected their allografts with marked intragraft accumulation of IFNy+ CD8+ T cells.
Evaluation Lung ents were evaluated at 7 days post transplantation h assessing: ° nce of raft IFNy+ CD8+ T cells (by FACS) ° Histopathological signs of acute graft rejection, A score Administration By intratracheal instillation of dsRNA on to the lungs; 2 doses of a dsRNA compound or of a combination of dsRNA compounds are administered immediately after anastomosis opening on Day 0 and on Day I post lung transplantation.
Results ] Administration of a combination of a dsRNA specific for TLR2 and dsRNA specific for TLR4 (TLR2_4_S73 and TLR4_4_S500, identified as "siRNA cocktail") with a dose of 25 [Lg/mouse of each of the dsRNA compounds (N: 5), or of a single dsRNA specific for TLR2 (TLR2_4_S73), at a dose of 25 [Lg/mouse (N: 4), diminished abundance of intragraft IFNy+ CD8+ T cells in allo-transplantation. In this allogeneic model, in prolonged cold ischemia prevents lung allograft acceptance mediated by immunosuppression. In this model Balb/c lungs are subjected to 18 hours (18 CIT) of cold ischemia and are transplanted into C57BL/6 (B6) recipients that are treated with D40L on postoperative day (POD) 0 and CTLA4Ig on POD 2. Both of these immunosuppressive reagents are currently in pre-clinic development by major pharmaceutical companies and when used together are generally referred to as double costimulatory blockade treatment (DCB). In contrast to ents who received allografts stored for 1 hour (1 CIT) (N=6-), 18 CIT Balb/c -> DCB+ B6 lung recipients (N: 6) acutely ed their allografts with marked intragraft accumulation of IFNy+ CD8+ T (Figure 5 A, upper panel). This ion was also evident by histopathological evaluation (Figure 6 A,B).
In this model, control dsRNA (EGFP_5_S763) treated lung recipients (N: 3) acutely rejected their allografts with significantly ed IFNy+ CD8+ T cells accumulation in allograft . By contrast, recipient mice treated with a combination of a dsRNA specific for TLR2 and dsRNA specific for TLR4 (TLR2_4_S73 and TLR4_4_S500, identified as "siRNA cocktail"; (N: 5)) on days 0 and 1, had significantly decreased abundance of intragraft IFNy+ CD8+ T cells e 5 A, B), as well as significantly less histological evidence of acute rejection (Figure 6 A, B).
These experiments show that targeting TLR function using dsRNA compounds specific for TLR2 or a combination of dsRNA compounds specific for TLR2 and TLR4 significantly improves/ prevents lung graft injury. Lung on in TLR2 or TLR2- and TLR4-dsRNA treated recipients was similar to lung recipients of 1 hour cold preserved graft, indicating that this method may be useful in preventing/treating primary graft ction in lung transplant recipients. These experimental procedures and dsRNA treatments may be conducted in major histocompatibility complex (MHC)-mismatched donors and recipients.
Example 5: dsRNA oligonucleotide sense and nse pairs.
The Sequence Listing provides sense and antisense oligonucleotides for generating double-stranded oligonucleotide compounds, useful in carrying out the methods disclosed herein.
The sense and antisense strands of the TLR2 double-stranded oligonucleotides are provided in sense strand sequences set forth in SEQ ID NOs: 5-722; 1441-2246; 3053-4152; and 5253-5545 and antisense strand sequences set forth in SEQ ID NOs: 723-1440; 2247-3052; 4153-5252 and 5546-5838.
The sense and antisense strands of the TLR4 double-stranded oligonucleotides are provided in sense strand sequences set forth in SEQ ID NOs: 5839- 7075, 8313-8458, 0318, 12033-12084 and nse strand sequences set forth in SEQ ID NOs: 7076-8312, 8459-8604, 10319-12032, 12085-12136.
The contents of the articles, patents, and patent applications, and all other documents and onically ble information mentioned or cited , are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety to the same extent as if each individual ation was specifically and dually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
Applicants reserve the right to physically incorporate into this application any and all materials and information from any such articles, patents, patent applications, or other physical and electronic documents.
It will be readily apparent to one skilled in the art that g substitutions and ations can be made to the invention disclosed herein without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention. Thus, such additional embodiments are within the scope of the present invention and the following . The present disclosures teach one skilled in the art to test various combinations described herein toward generating therapeutic combination with improved activity for treating lung disorders or injury in a mammal. Such improved activity can include e.g., improved stability, improved bioavailability, improved activation of cellular responses mediating RNAi. Therefore, the specific embodiments described herein are not ng and one skilled in the art can readily appreciate that additional specific combinations can be tested without undue experimentation toward identifying therapeutic combinations with improved ty.
The inventions illustratively described herein may suitably be practiced in the e of any element or elements, limitation or limitations, not specifically disclosed . Thus, for example, the terms "a" and "an" and "the" and similar referents in the context of describing the invention (especially in the context of the ing claims) are to be construed to cover both the singular and the plural, unless otherwise indicated herein or y dicted by context. The terms "comprising", "having," "including," containing", etc. shall be read expansively and without limitation (e. g., meaning "including, but not limited to,"). tion of ranges of values herein are merely intended to serve as a shorthand method of referring individually to each separate value falling within the range, unless otherwise indicated herein, and each separate value is incorporated into the cation as if it were individually recited herein. All methods described herein can be performed in any suitable order unless otherwise indicated herein or otherwise y contradicted by context. The use of any and all examples, or exemplary language (e.g., "such as") provided herein, is intended merely to better illuminate the invention and does not pose a limitation on the scope of the invention unless otherwise claimed. No language in the specification should be construed as indicating any non-claimed element as essential to the practice of the invention. Additionally, the terms and expressions employed herein have been used as terms of description and not of limitation, and there is no intention in the use of such terms and sions of ing any equivalents of the features shown and described or portions thereof, but it is recognized that various modifications are possible within the scope of the invention claimed. Thus, it should be understood that although the present invention has been specifically disclosed by preferred embodiments and optional features, modification and variation of the inventions embodied n herein disclosed may be resorted to by those skilled in the art, and that such modifications and variations are considered to be within the scope of this invention.
The invention has been bed broadly and generically herein. Each of the narrower species and sub-generic groupings falling within the generic disclosure also form part of the invention. This es the generic description of the invention with a proviso or negative limitation removing any t matter from the genus, regardless of whether or not the excised al is specifically d herein. Other embodiments are within the following . In addition, where features or aspects of the invention are described in terms of Markush groups, those skilled in the art will recognize that the invention is also thereby described in terms of any individual member or subgroup of members of the Markush group.
Claims (31)
1. Use of a ation of at least one nucleic acid TLR2 inhibitor or a ceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one nucleic acid TLR4 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically able salt thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a lung disorder, a lung disease or a lung injury.
2. Use of a combination of at least one nucleic acid TLR2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one nucleic acid TLR4 inhibitor or a ceutically acceptable salt thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for simultaneous, separate or sequential use in treating a lung disorder, a lung disease or a lung injury.
3. The use of claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the lung disorder, the lung disease or the lung injury is selected from acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), acute lung injury, pulmonary fibrosis (idiopathic), bleomycin induced ary is, mechanical ventilator induced lung injury, c obstructive pulmonary disease , chronic bronchitis, a disorder associated with lung transplantation and emphysema.
4. The use of claim 3, wherein the lung disorder, the lung disease or the lung injury is associated with lung transplantation.
5. The use of claim 4, wherein the lung disorder associated with lung transplantation is selected from the group consisting of inflammation, graft ion, primary graft failure, ischemia-reperfusion injury, reperfusion injury, reperfusion edema, allograft dysfunction, acute graft dysfunction, pulmonary antation response, bronchiolitis obliterans and primary graft dysfunction (PGD).
6. The use of claim 5, wherein the lung disorder associated with lung transplantation is primary graft dysfunction (PGD).
7. The use of any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the medicament is formulated for coadministration of the at least one TLR2 inhibitor and the at least one TLR4 inhibitor as a single formulation.
8. The use of any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the medicament is formulated for coadministration of the at least one TLR2 inhibitor and the at least one TLR4 inhibitor as separate formulations.
9. The use of any one of claims 1 to 6, n the medicament is formulated for coadministration of the at least one TLR2 inhibitor and the at least one TLR4 inhibitor by the same route.
10. The use of any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the medicament is formulated for coadministration of the at least one TLR2 inhibitor and the at least one TLR4 inhibitor by ent routes.
11. The use of any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the medicament is formulated for simultaneous administration.
12. The use of any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the medicament is formulated for sequential administration.
13. The use of any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the medicament is ated to further comprise at least one additional eutic agent selected from the group consisting of a steroidal agent, a non-steroidal agent, an antiviral agent, an antifungal agent, an antimicrobial agent, an immunosuppressant agent, an anti-infective agent, an anti-hypertensive agent, ional supplements and any combination thereof.
14. The use of claim 13, wherein the ment is formulated for administration of the additional therapeutic agent prior to, subsequent to or itantly with administration of the at least one TLR2 inhibitor and at least one TLR4 inhibitor.
15. The use of claim 13 or claim 14, wherein the additional therapeutic agent comprises an immunosuppressant agent.
16. The use of any of claims 1 to 15, wherein the medicament is formulated for systemic administration or local administration.
17. The use of claim 16, wherein the medicament is formulated for systemic stration.
18. The use of claim 16, wherein the medicament is formulated for local administration.
19. The use of claim 16, wherein the medicament is formulated for intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intraportal, subcutaneous, direct injection, racheal instillation, inhalation, intranasal, ary and administration via pump into the lung.
20. The use of claim 19, wherein the medicament is formulated for stration by inhalation.
21. The use of claim 19, wherein the medicament is formulated for administration by intratracheal instillation.
22. The use of claim 1, wherein the at least one c acid TLR2 inhibitor is a doublestranded oligonucleotide that binds a nucleotide sequence encoding a TLR2 gene and the at least one nucleic acid TLR4 inhibitor is a double-stranded oligonucleotide that binds a nucleotide ce ng a TLR4 gene.
23. The use of claim 22, wherein the double-stranded oligonucleotides are linked one to the other in tandem or annealed in RNAistar formation.
24. The use of claim 22, wherein the double-stranded oligonucleotide TLR2 inhibitor comprises: (a) a sense strand and an antisense strand; (b) each strand is ndently 17 to 40 nucleotides in length; (c) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the antisense strand is complementary to a sequence of an mRNA encoding TLR2; and (d) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the sense strand is complementary to the antisense strand; and wherein the double-stranded oligonucleotide TLR4 inhibitor comprises: (a) a sense strand and an antisense strand; (b) each strand is independently 17 to 40 nucleotides in length; (c) a 17 to 40 tide sequence of the antisense strand is complementary to a sequence of an mRNA encoding TLR4; and (d) a 17 to 40 nucleotide sequence of the sense strand is complementary to the antisense strand.
25. The use of claim 24, n at least one -stranded oligonucleotide comprises a ure (A1): (A1) 5’ (N)x – Z 3’ (antisense ) 3’ Z’-(N’)y –z” 5’ (sense strand) wherein each of N and N’ is an unmodified ribonucleotide, a modified ribonucleotide, or an unconventional moiety; wherein each of (N)x and (N’)y is an oligonucleotide in which each consecutive N or N’ is joined to the next N or N’ by a covalent bond; wherein each of Z and Z’ is independently present or absent, but if present is independently 1-5 consecutive nucleotides or unconventional moieties or a combination thereof covalently attached at the 3’ us of the strand in which it is present. wherein z” may be present or absent, but if present is a capping moiety covalently attached at the 5’ terminus of (N’)y; wherein each of x and y is independently an integer between 17 and 40; wherein the ce of (N’)y is complementary to the sequence of (N)x; and wherein (N)x ses an antisense sequence to an mRNA selected from an mRNA encoded by a TLR2 gene and an mRNA encoded by a TLR4 gene.
26. The use of claim 24 or claim 25, wherein the mRNA polynucleotide sequence of TLR2 is set forth in SEQ ID NO:1 and wherein the mRNA polynucleotide sequence of TLR4 is set forth in any one of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:3 and SEQ ID NO:4.
27. The use of claim 25 or claim 26, n (N)x comprises an antisense oligonucleotide selected from the group consisting of oligonucleotides having SEQ ID NOs: 723-1440, 2247- 3052, 7076-8312 and 8459-8604 and wherein (N’)y comprises a sense strand oligonucleotide selected from the group consisting of oligonucleotides having SEQ ID NOs: 5-722, 1441-2246, 5839-7075 and 458.
28. The use of any one of claims 24 to 27, wherein x = y =19.
29. The use of claim 24 wherein, at least one double-stranded oligonucleotide comprises a structure (A2): (A2) 5’ N1-(N)x - Z 3’ (antisense strand) 3’ Z’-N2-(N’)y–z” 5’ (sense strand) wherein each of N2, N and N’ is independently an unmodified ribonucleotide, a modified ribonucleotide, or an unconventional moiety; wherein each of (N)x and (N’)y is an ucleotide in which each consecutive N or N’ is joined to the adjacent N or N’ by a covalent bond; n each of x and y is independently an integer between 17 and 39; wherein the sequence of (N’)y is complementary to the sequence of (N)x and wherein (N)x is complementary to a consecutive sequence in an mRNA ed from an mRNA encoded by a TLR2 gene and an mRNA encoded by a TLR4 gene; wherein N1 is covalently bound to (N)x and is mismatched to the mRNA selected from an mRNA encoded by a TLR2 gene and an mRNA encoded by a TLR4 gene; wherein N1 is a moiety selected from the group consisting of uridine, modified uridine, ymidine, modified ymidine, deoxyribothymidine, modified deoxyribothymidine, riboadenine, deoxyriboadenine and modified deoxyriboadenine, wherein z” may be present or , but if t is a capping moiety covalently attached at the 5’ terminus of N2- (N’)y; and wherein each of Z and Z’ is independently present or absent, but if present is independently 1-5 consecutive nucleotides or unconventional moieties or a combination thereof covalently attached at the 3’ terminus of the strand in which it is present.
30. The use of claim 29, wherein x =y=18.
31. The use of claim 29 or claim 30, wherein the sequence of (N)x comprises an nse oligonucleotide selected from the group consisting of oligonucleotides having SEQ ID NOs: 4153-5252, 5546-5838, 10319-12032, and 12085-12136 and wherein the sequence of (N’)y ses a sense oligonucleotide ed from the group consisting of ucleotides having SEQ ID NOs: 3053-4152, 5253-5545, 8605-10318, and 12033-12084. Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Washington University By the patent attorneys for the applicants CULLENS WO 18910
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| NZ708151A NZ708151B2 (en) | 2011-03-03 | 2012-03-01 | Compositions and Methods for Treating Lung Disease and Injury |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US201161448723P | 2011-03-03 | 2011-03-03 | |
| US61/448,723 | 2011-03-03 | ||
| PCT/US2012/027169 WO2012118910A2 (en) | 2011-03-03 | 2012-03-01 | Compositions and methods for treating lung disease and injury |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| NZ614556A NZ614556A (en) | 2015-06-26 |
| NZ614556B2 true NZ614556B2 (en) | 2015-09-29 |
Family
ID=
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US9822362B2 (en) | Compositions and methods for treating lung disease and injury | |
| KR101900588B1 (en) | MODULATION OF hsp47 EXPRESSION | |
| EP2717921B1 (en) | Retinoid-liposomes for enhancing modulation of hsp47 expression | |
| US20160281083A1 (en) | Modulation of timp1 and timp2 expression | |
| NZ614556B2 (en) | Compositions and methods for treating lung disease and injury | |
| NZ708151B2 (en) | Compositions and Methods for Treating Lung Disease and Injury | |
| AU2015200064B2 (en) | Modulation of hsp47 expression | |
| HK40003768A (en) | Modulation of hsp47 expression | |
| HK1229845A1 (en) | Retinoid-liposomes for enhancing modulation of hsp47 expression | |
| HK1229845A (en) | Retinoid-liposomes for enhancing modulation of hsp47 expression | |
| HK1229845B (en) | Retinoid-liposomes for enhancing modulation of hsp47 expression |